lessonplan - EMC Publishing

Transcription

lessonplan - EMC Publishing
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd i
7/9/09 10:47:06 AM
American Tradition Program Planning Guide
Care has been taken to verify the accuracy of information presented in this book. However, the authors, editors, and
publisher cannot accept responsibility for Web, e-mail, newsgroup, or chat room subject matter or content, or for
consequences from application of the information in this book, and make no warranty, expressed or implied, with
respect to its content.
Trademarks: Some of the product names and company names included in this book have been used for
identification purposes only and may be trademarks or registered trade names of their respective manufacturers
and sellers. The authors, editors, and publisher disclaim any affiliation, association, or connection with, or
sponsorship or endorsement by, such owners.
ISBN 978-0-82193-193-6
© 2009 by EMC Publishing, LLC
875 Montreal Way
St. Paul, MN 55102
E-mail: [email protected]
Web site: www.emcschool.com
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be adapted, reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
prior written permission from the publisher. Teachers using Mirrors & Windows: Connecting with Literature,
American Tradition may photocopy complete pages in sufficient quantities for classroom use only and not for resale.
Printed in the United States of America
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd ii
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
CONTENTS
Introduction
ix
Core Standards-Based Selections Chart
x
Reading Log & Evaluation Forms
xviii
Unit 1
Unit 1 Origins of the American Tradition Opener
Part 1: Native American Traditions / Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition /
The Osage Creation Account / The Navajo Creation Myth
Song of the Sky Loom / Prayer to the Pacific
Coyote and the Earth Monster
from The Iroquois Constitution
Part 2: Shaping the New World / A Journey through Texas
from The General History of Virginia / from Of Plymouth Plantation / Grammar & Style
Workshop: Subject-Verb Agreement
To My Dear and Loving Husband / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Archaic Language
Huswifery
from Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God / Grammar & Style Workshop: Verb Tenses
from The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the
African, Written by Himself
On Being Brought from Africa to America / To S.M., a Young African Painter, on
Seeing His Works
Part 3: The American Revolution / Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin / from The
Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin / from Poor Richard’s Almanack / Ben
Franklin: Scientist and Inventor
Speech in the Virginia Convention / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Word Parts
from Common Sense / from The Crisis, No. 1 / Grammar & Style Workshop: Pronouns
Declaration of Independence / Bill of Rights
Letter to John Adams
from Letters from an American Farmer
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint
Test Practice Workshop
1
3
5
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
33
34
35
36
Unit 2
Unit 2 New England Renaissance Opener
Part 1: Fireside Poets / Thanatopsis / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Greek and
Latin Words
Old Ironsides
Stanzas on Freedom
The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls / A Psalm of Life
from Snow-Bound
Part 2: Transcendentalism / Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay / Author Focus:
Ralph Waldo Emerson / from Nature / The Rhodora / Grammar & Style Workshop:
Sentence Variety
Concord Hymn
Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau / from Walden / The Present / Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshop: Denotation and Connotation
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd iii
Program Planning Guide
CONTENTS
37
39
41
42
44
46
48
50
52
iii
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
from Civil Disobedience / from Self-Reliance / Grammar & Style Workshop:
Sentence Fragments
Letter to Sophia Ripley
Part 3: American Gothic / The Devil and Tom Walker
Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe / The Raven / Alone / Letter to John Allan
The Fall of the House of Usher / Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological
Criticism / Grammar & Style Workshop: Run-On Sentences
Death of Edgar Allan Poe
The Minister’s Black Veil
Loomings, from Moby-Dick / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Eponyms
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting
Test Practice Workshop
54
56
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
70
71
Unit 3
Unit 3 Slavery and the Civil War Opener
Part 1: A Nation Divided / from Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, an
American Slave, Written by Himself / Frederick Douglass / Grammar & Style
Workshop: Unified Paragraphs
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge
The Gettysburg Address / Letter to Mrs. Bixby / The Second Inaugural Address /
Grammar & Style Workshop: Parallel Structure
Farewell to His Army / At the Public Market Museum: Charleston, South Carolina
from Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl, Seven Years Concealed / Grammar & Style
Workshop: Transitions
Part 2: Lyric Poets / Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry / Author Focus: Walt
Whitman / from Preface to Leaves of Grass / from I Hear America Singing /
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Suffixes
from Song of Myself
By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame / Beat! Beat! Drums! / Mathew Brady: Civil War
Photographer
Ode to Walt Whitman
Author Focus: Emily Dickinson / Much Madness is divinest Sense— / I heard a Fly
buzz—when I died— / Because I could not stop for Death— / This is my letter to the
World / Battle for the Belle of Amherst
There’s a certain Slant of light— / My life closed twice before its close— / The Soul
selects her own Society—
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem
Test Practice Workshop
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
97
98
Unit 4
Unit 4 Expanding Frontiers Opener
Part 1: Realism and Naturalism / Author Focus: Mark Twain / The Notorious Jumping
Frog of Calaveras County / How to Tell a Story / Grammar & Style Workshop:
Irregular Verbs
from Life on the Mississippi / Understanding Literary Criticism: BiographicalHistorical Criticism
The Outcasts of Poker Flat / Grammar & Style Workshop: Modifiers
Richard Cory / Miniver Cheevy
iv
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd iv
CONTENTS
Program Planning Guide
99
101
103
105
107
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
To Build a Fire / How to Build a Campfire / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop:
Context Clues
Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind / A Man Said to the Universe
Part 2: The Native American Experience / I Will Fight No More Forever / I Am the
Last of My Family
from Black Elk Speaks
I Tried to Be Like My Mother
Part 3: Struggling for Equality / Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech / Keeping
the Thing Going While Things Are Stirring / Ain’t I a Woman?
The Destructive Male / Woman’s Right to Suffrage / Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton
The Emancipation of Women
The Story of an Hour / Grammar & Style Workshop: Verbal Phrases
from Songs of Gold Mountain
We Wear the Mask
from Up from Slavery
from The Souls of Black Folk
Booker T. and W. E. B.
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile
Test Practice Workshop
109
111
113
115
117
118
120
122
123
125
127
129
130
132
133
134
135
Unit 5
Unit 5 Early Twentieth Century Opener
Part 1: Modernism / Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel / from The Great Gatsby /
Grammar & Style Workshop: Subordination
Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway / from The Sun Also Rises / from For Whom the
Bell Tolls / The Artist’s Reward / Grammar & Style Workshop: Coordination
In a Station of the Metro / The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter / A Few Don’ts by
an Imagiste
Petals / Mid-Day
Author Focus: William Carlos Williams / The Red Wheelbarrow / This Is Just to Say /
The Dance / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Semantic Families
The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock
Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism / Poetry / Ars Poetica
Ars Poetica
somewhere i have never travelled,gladly beyond
Anecdote of the Jar
Part 2: The Common Life / A Wagner Matinee / Grammar & Style Workshop: Appositives
Lucinda Matlock / Petit, the Poet
Author Focus: Robert Frost / Birches / from Robert Frost: A Life / Mending Wall /
The Death of the Hired Man
Chicago / The Architecture of Chicago / Grass
Sonnet XXX / from A Few Figs from Thistles
Part 3: Harlem Renaissance / Author Focus: Langston Hughes / The Negro Speaks of
Rivers / I, Too, Sing America / from The Big Sea
America / A Black Man Talks of Reaping / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Synonyms
and Antonyms
Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson / My City / Go Down, Death / from Black
Manhattan
Any Human to Another
Storm Ending
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd v
Program Planning Guide
CONTENTS
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
153
154
155
157
159
161
163
164
166
168
170
171
v
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
from Dust Tracks on a Road
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids
Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application Essay
Test Practice Workshop
172
174
175
176
Unit 6
Unit 6 Depression and World War II Opener
Part 1: Hard Times / from Let Us Now Praise Famous Men / Grammar & Style
Workshop: Precise Language
Author Focus: John Steinbeck / from The Grapes of Wrath / Letter to Elizabeth Otis /
The Chrysanthemums
A Date Which Will Live in Infamy / from No Ordinary Time
The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner / World War II Recruitment Posters
A Noiseless Flash, from Hiroshima / Grammar & Style Workshop: Active and
Passive Voice
The Watch
Part 2: Southern Renaissance / Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story /
The Jilting of Granny Weatherall
Author Focus: William Faulkner / A Rose for Emily / Nobel Prize Acceptance
Speech / Darl, from As I Lay Dying / Grammar & Style Workshop: Possessive
Nouns and Pronouns
The Son
A Worn Path / Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead? / Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshop: Contractions
Portrait of a Girl in Glass / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Colloquial Language
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-To Presentation
Writing Workshop: Expository Writing: Create a Multimedia Presentation
Test Practice Workshop
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
195
197
199
201
202
203
Unit 7
Unit 7 Postwar Era Opener
Part 1: Real Life / The Life You Save May Be Your Own
The Magic Barrel / Grammar & Style Workshop: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics
Elegy for Jane
One Art
Farewell to a Traveler
Once More to the Lake
Part 2: Conflict and Conformity / Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama /
Author Focus: Arthur Miller / The Crucible, Act I / from Why I Wrote “The Crucible”:
An Artist’s Answer to Politics
The Crucible, Act 2
The Crucible, Act 3 / Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No
Sense of Decency?”
The Crucible, Act 4 / Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism /
Grammar & Style Workshop: Capitalization
from Black Boy
Midway / U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka
from Quiet Strength
Part 3: The Beat Movement / from On the Road / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop:
Compound Words
A Supermarket in California / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Borrowed Words
vi
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd vi
CONTENTS
Program Planning Guide
204
206
208
210
211
213
215
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230
232
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
Riprap / Pine Tree Tops
Constantly risking absurdity
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play
Test Practice Workshop
234
236
238
239
240
Unit 8
Unit 8 Early Contemporary Era Opener
Part 1: Global Tension / Inaugural Address
At the Bomb Testing Site / Traveling Through the Dark
Ambush / Grammar & Style Workshop: Sensory Details
Camouflaging the Chimera / Monsoon Season
Game / Grammar & Style Workshop: Commas
Part 2: Personal Challenges / Letter from Birmingham Jail / Dr. King Arrested at
Birmingham
The Rockpile / from On James Baldwin / Grammar & Style Workshop: Colons and
Semicolons
Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir / Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks /
from Report from Part One / To Black Women / The Explorer
from The Woman Warrior
from The Way to Rainy Mountain / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Native
American Words
Hunger in New York City
The Writer / Boy at the Window
The Handsomest Drowned Man in the World
Son
Part 3: Confessional Poets / The Starry Night / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop:
Celestial Words
Morning Song / Mirror
Commander Lowell
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Write a Descriptive Poem
Test Practice Workshop
241
243
245
247
249
251
253
255
257
259
261
263
265
267
269
271
273
275
277
278
279
Unit 9
Unit 9 Contemporary Era Opener
Part 1: Heritage / Author Focus: Alice Walker / Though We May Feel Alone / Dream /
My Mother’s Blue Bowl / Grammar & Style Workshop: Quotations
The Names of Women
Daughter of Invention
What Is Supposed to Happen
The Latin Deli: An Ars Poetica
Wingfoot Lake
Mother Tongue / Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism
Straw Into Gold: The Metamorphosis of the Everyday / Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshop: Homophones
Thinking Back
A Story
What For
Defining the Grateful Gesture
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd vii
Program Planning Guide
CONTENTS
280
282
284
286
288
290
292
294
296
298
299
300
302
vii
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
Part 2: Contemporary America / Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction /
from Great Plains / Seeing, from Dakota: A Spiritual Geography / So This Is Nebraska /
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Common Spelling Errors
Throughput, from Fast Food Nation
On the Mall / Grammar & Style Workshop: Summarizing and Paraphrasing /
Grammar & Style Workshop: Documenting Sources
Man Listening to Disc / The Blues
Author Focus: Donald Hall / Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park, 1 May 1982 /
Letter in Autumn / Let Evening Come
Learning to Love America
A Quilt of a Country
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper
Test Practice Workshop
viii
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd viii
CONTENTS
Program Planning Guide
304
306
308
310
312
314
315
317
318
319
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
Introduction
This comprehensive Program Planning Guide serves as a road map to the entire Mirrors & Windows:
Connecting with Literature program. It lists all the components available for each lesson in the
textbook and offers options that help you address your own curriculum needs, student requirements,
and schedules. This integrated approach makes it easy to incorporate language arts skills such as
reading, vocabulary, critical thinking, and media literacy into each lesson.
To help you meet the diverse needs of your students, the Mirrors & Windows program offers a
wealth of material—much more than you can teach in one school year. As a result, one challenge you
will face is identifying the resources that are best suited to your particular situation. The Program
Planning Guide offers several tools to help you meet that challenge.
The guide begins with a Core Standards-Based Selections chart outlining a basic course of study
for teaching the critical skills covered in formal language arts assessments. If you start your curriculum
planning with this chart, you will know that you are teaching the key material your students need
for success.
Three types of lesson plans are provided in the body of this guide:
• Unit introduction plans allow you to plan your teaching of each unit and introduce the unit.
• Selection plans include one or more selections, plus workshops and special features that are
grouped with those selections.
• End-of-unit workshop plans cover the workshops that appear at the end of each unit.
The lesson plans begin with pacing, selection details (if applicable), and objectives. They are
then broken into the following categories to provide easy identification of the information you
need: Plan, Preview and Motivate, Teach, Differentiate Instruction, Review and Extend, and Assess.
Each plan lists all the supplemental resources that support the lesson:
• Meeting the Standards activities and quizzes
• Differentiated Instruction lessons
• Exceeding the Standards lessons
• Assessment Guide tests and exams
• Technology Tools: EMC Launchpad, Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD, Interactive Student Text on
CD, ExamView® Assessment Suite on CD, ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Grader (Grades 9–12),
Visual Teaching Package, EMC Audio Library, EMC E-Library, and mirrorsandwindows.com
Additional planning materials appear in your Annotated Teacher’s Edition. The Visual Planning
Guide at the start of each unit presents a quick view of the supplemental materials available for each
selection. The Scope and Sequence Guide provides a breakdown of the apparatus for each selection,
including literary elements, reading level and reading skills, cross-curricular connections, and the
Mirrors & Windows theme.
The E-Lesson Planner packages the entire Mirrors & Windows program, including the lesson
plans, in one easy-to-use calendar resource. With the E-Lesson Planner, you can link directly to
activities listed in the lesson plans, search complete versions of all teacher resources, download
correlated state standards directly into your lesson plans, customize lesson plans and save links
to your own resources and lessons, drag and drop prepared lesson plans into a calendar, display
multiple course plans on one calendar, and export completed course plans to your Microsoft®
Outlook® calendar.
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd ix
Program Planning Guide
INTRODUCTION
ix
7/9/09 10:47:07 AM
Mirrors & Windows
Core Standards-Based Selections
Level VI (Grade 11)
The selections and workshops listed here represent the core course of study students need to master
critical skills that appear on formal assessments. To ensure standards coverage, students who are
having difficulty may concentrate on only these selections and workshops. Students on and above
grade level may read more selections.
Pacing
Unit
UNIT 1
ORIGINS OF THE
AMERICAN TRADITION,
TO 1800
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Subject-Verb Agreement;
Verb Tenses; Pronouns
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Archaic Language;
Word Parts
Writing Workshop:
Persuasive Writing:
Defend a Viewpoint
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Present a Literary Work
Selections
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd x
Reading /
Informational Skills
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
The Osage Creation Myth &
Account from The Chronological
Navajo Creation
Order
Myth
Visualizing
1 day
0.5 day
Comparing
Point of View
Literature:
from The General
History of Virginia /
from Of Plymouth
Plantation
Comparing, Identifying
Author’s Approach,
Clarifying Information,
Using Context Clues
2 days
1 day
To My Dear and
Loving Husband
Using Context Clues
1 day
0.5 day
from Sinners in the Analogy &
Hands of an Angry Repetition
God
Summarizing
2 days
1 day
from The
Allusion,
Interesting
Rhetorical
Narrative of the
Questions
Life of Olaudah
Equiano, or
Gustavus Vassa, the
African, Written by
Himself
Making Predictions
2 days
1 day
2 days
1 day
from The
Autobiography of
Benjamin Franklin
x
Literary Skill
Hyperbole &
Paradox
Autobiography Distinguishing Fact from
& Neoclassicism Opinion
from Poor Richard’s Aphorisms
Almanack
Sequencing of Events
Informational Text
Connection:
Ben Franklin:
Scientist and
Inventor
Determining the
Importance of Details
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
Informational
Text
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:08 AM
Pacing
Unit
Selections
Literary Skill
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xi
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
Speech in the
Rhetorical
Virginia Convention Question &
Enlightenment
Identifying Multiple
Levels of Meaning,
Making Inferences
2 days
1 day
from Common
Sense / from The
Crisis, No. 1
Argument &
Tone
Making Inferences,
Identifying Author’s
Purpose
2 days
1 day
Declaration of
Independence
Thesis &
Parallelism
Analyzing Text
Organization
2 days
1 day
Informational Text
Connection:
The Bill of Rights
UNIT 2
NEW ENGLAND
RENAISSANCE,
1800–1850
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Sentence Variety;
Sentence Fragments;
Run-On Sentences
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Denotation and
Connotation
Writing Workshop:
Descriptive Writing:
Describe a Setting
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Prepare Notes for a
Presentation
Reading /
Informational Skills
Finding the Main Idea
Thanatopsis
Blank Verse &
Elaboration
Paraphrasing, Identifying
Author’s Purpose
2 days
1 day
Old Ironsides
Description &
Meter
Clarifying Information
1 day
0.5 day
The Tide Rises, the
Tide Falls
Mood &
Personification
Clarifying Information
1 day
0.5 day
from Nature / The
Rhodora
Argument,
Theme &
Aphorism
Using Context Clues,
Clarifying Information
2 days
1 day
Comparing
Literature:
from Civil
Disobedience /
from Self-Reliance
Thesis & Irony
Monitoring
Comprehension,
Paraphrasing, Identifying
Author’s Purpose
2 days
1 day
The Devil and Tom Plot, Conflict,
Walker
Exposition &
Climax
Making Inferences
2 days
1 day
The Fall of the
House of Usher
Gothic Fiction &
Foreshadowing
Making Predictions,
2 days
Comparing & Contrasting,
Determining the
Importance of Details
1 day
Loomings, from
Moby-Dick
Allusion, Tone & Making Inferences
Motivation
Program Planning Guide
1 day
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
0.5 day
xi
7/9/09 10:47:08 AM
Pacing
Literary Skill
Reading /
Informational Skills
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
Unit
Selections
UNIT 3
SLAVERY AND THE
CIVIL WAR, 1850–1865
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Unified Paragraphs
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Suffixes
Writing Workshop:
Persuasive Writing: Solve
a Problem
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Deliver a Narrative
Presentation
from Narrative
of the Life of
Frederick Douglas,
an American Slave,
Written by Himself
Stereotypes &
Tone
Determining Cause &
Effect
3 days
1.5 days
An Occurrence at
Owl Creek Bridge
Psychological
Fiction &
Flashback
Making Predictions,
Determining Cause &
Effect, Making Inferences
2 days
1 day
The Gettysburg
Parallelism &
Address /
Antithesis
The Second
Inaugural Address /
Primary Source
Connection: Letter
to Mrs. Bixby
Using Context Clues
2 days
1 day
from Preface to
Leaves of Grass /
from I Hear
America Singing
Romanticism &
Free Verse
Using Context Clues
3 days
1.5 days
Informational Text
Connection:
Mathew Brady:
Civil War
Photographer
Informational
Text
Distinguishing Fact from
Opinion
Much Madness is
Personification & Comparing & Contrasting, 2 days
divinest Sense— / Slant Rhyme
Making Inferences
I Heard a Fly
buzz—when I
died— /
Because I could not
stop for Death— /
This is my letter
to the World /
Informational Text
Connection: Battle
for the Belle of
Amherst
xii
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xii
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
Program Planning Guide
1 day
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:08 AM
Pacing
Unit
UNIT 4
EXPANDING FRONTIERS,
1865–1910
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Irregular Verbs; Modifiers;
Verbal Phrases
Writing Workshop:
Descriptive Writing:
Create a Profile
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Use Active-Listening Skills
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xiii
Selections
The Notorious
Jumping Frog of
Calaveras County
Literary Skill
Dialect & Frame
Tale
Primary Source
Connection:
How to Tell a Story
Reading /
Informational Skills
Clarifying Information,
Determining the
Importance of Details
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
4 days
2 days
2 days
1 day
Finding the Main Idea
The Outcasts of
Poker Flat
Character &
Motivation
Identifying Author’s
Approach, Determining
the Importance of Details
To Build a Fire
Setting, Plot &
Conflict
Identifying Multiple Levels 3 days
of Meaning, Making
Inferences, Making
Predictions
Informational Text
Connection:
How to Build a
Campfire
Informational
Text
Analyzing Text
Organization
Do not weep,
maiden, for war is
kind /
A Man Said to the
Universe
Irony,
Identifying Main Idea
Personification &
Naturalism
Keeping the Thing Style & Dialect
Going While Things
Are Stirring
Identifying Author’s
Purpose
Literature
Connection:
Ain’t I Woman
Style
Making Inferences
The Story of an
Hour
Reversal & Irony Making Predictions,
Determining Cause &
Effect
Program Planning Guide
1.5 days
1 day
0.5 day
2 days
1 day
2 days
1 day
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
xiii
7/9/09 10:47:08 AM
Pacing
Unit
UNIT 5
EARLY TWENTIETH
CENTURY, 1910–1929
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Subordination;
Coordination; Appositives
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Semantic Families;
Synonyms and Antonyms
Writing Workshop:
Narrative Writing: Write
an Application Essay
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Use Visual Aids
Selections
Literary Skill
Setting &
Narrator
Determining the
Importance of Details,
Making Inferences
2 days
1 day
from The Sun Also
Rises /
from For Whom
the Bell Tolls
Plot &
Motivation
Making Inferences,
Following the Sequence
of Events
4 days
2 days
3 days
1.5 days
2 days
1 day
Literature
Theme
Connection:
The Artist’s Reward
Birches /
Mending Wall /
The Death of the
Hired Man
Making Inferences
Meter & Symbol Making Inferences
Primary Source
Connection:
from Robert Frost:
A Life
Drawing Conclusions
Sensory Details
& Parallelism
Finding the Main Idea
Interpreting Visual Aids
Informational Text
Connection:
The Architecture
of Chicago
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xiv
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
from The Great
Gatsby
Chicago / Grass
xiv
Reading /
Informational Skills
The Negro Speaks
of Rivers /
I, Too, Sing
America
Speaker & Tone
Using Context Clues
2 days
1 day
Comparing
Literature:
America /
A Black Man Talks
of Reaping
Sonnet &
Allegory
Identifying Multiple Levels 2 days
of Meaning
1 day
from Dust Tracks
on a Road
Metaphor &
Dialect
Asking Questions
0.5 day
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
Program Planning Guide
1 day
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:08 AM
Pacing
Unit
UNIT 6
DEPRESSION &
WORLD WAR II,
1929–1945
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Possessive Nouns and
Pronouns
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Colloquial Language
Writing Workshop:
Expository Writing:
Create a Multimedia
Presentation
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Deliver a How-to
Presentation
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xv
Selections
Literary Skill
Reading /
Informational Skills
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
from The Grapes
Setting &
of Wrath / Primary Dialogue
Source Connection:
Letter to Elizabeth
Otis / The
Chrysanthemums
Making Inferences
The Death of the
Ball Turret Gunner
Identifying Multiple Levels 1 day
of Meaning
Extended
Metaphor &
Imagery
Informational Text
Connection:
World War II
Recruitment
Posters
3 days
1.5 days
0.5 day
Interpreting Visual Aids
A Rose for Emily /
Darl, from As I Lay
Dying
Setting &
Conflict
Drawing Conclusions
4 days
2 days
Portrait of a Girl in
Glass
Irony &
Foreshadowing
Making Predictions
2 days
1 day
Program Planning Guide
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
xv
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Pacing
Unit
UNIT 7
POSTWAR ERA,
1945–1960
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Hyphens, Ellipses, and
Italics; Capitalization
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Compound Words
Writing Workshop:
Persuasive Writing:
Review a Film or Play
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Develop Nonverbal
Communication Skills
Selections
Literary Skill
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xvi
Drawing Conclusions,
Making Predictions,
Comparing & Contrasting
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
The Magic Barrel
Motivation &
Antihero
The Crucible, Act 1
Stage Directions Determining Cause &
& Dialogue
Effect, Comparing &
Contrasting, Making
Inferences
Primary Source
Connection:
from Why I Wrote
“The Crucible”
Metaphor &
Allusion
The Crucible, Act 2
Characterization Comparing & Contrasting, 1 day
& Allusion
Making Predictions, Asking
Questions, Drawing
Conclusions
0.5 day
The Crucible, Act 3
Irony & Mood
2 days
1 day
Informational Text:
Senate Hearings
McCarthy-Welch
Exchange: “Have
You No Sense of
Decency?”
xvi
Reading /
Informational Skills
2 days
1 day
2 days
1 day
Distinguishing Fact from
Opinion
Asking Questions, Making
Predictions, Making
Inferences
Distinguishing Fact from
Opinion, Comparing &
Contrasting
The Crucible, Act 4
Theme
Asking Questions,
2 days
Identifying Multiple Levels
of Meaning
1 day
from On the Road
Narrator &
Diction
Skimming & Scanning
0.5 day
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
Program Planning Guide
1 day
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Pacing
Reading /
Informational Skills
Unit
Selections
Literary Skill
UNIT 8
EARLY CONTEMPORARY
ERA, 1960–1980
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Commas
Writing Workshop:
Descriptive Writing:
Write a Descriptive Poem
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Evaluate a Well-Known
Speech or Speaker
At the Bomb
Testing Site /
Traveling Through
the Dark
Mood & Diction
Game
Diction & Theme Determining the
Importance of Details
UNIT 9
CONTEMPORARY ERA,
1980 TO PRESENT
Grammar & Style
Workshops:
Quotations; Summarizing
and Paraphrasing;
Documenting Sources
Vocabulary & Spelling
Workshops:
Homophones; Common
Spelling Errors
Writing Workshop:
Persuasive Writing:
Write a Research Paper
Speaking & Listening
Workshop:
Present an Argument
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xvii
Visualizing
Regular
Block
Schedule Schedule
2 days
1 day
1 day
0.5 day
Letter from
Argument &
Birmingham Jail /
Allusion
Informational Text
Connection:
Dr. King Arrested at
Birmingham
Analyzing Text
Organization
2 days
1 day
from Report from Theme &
Part One / To Black Parallelism
Women / The
Explorer
Asking Questions
2 days
1 day
Morning Song /
Mirror
Comparing & Contrasting, 1 day
Finding Main Idea
0.5 day
Comparing & Contrasting
2 days
1 day
Speaker &
Enjambment
Free Verse &
Through We May
Feel Alone /
Style
Dream / My
Mother’s Blue Bowl
Daughter of
Invention
Conflict & Cliché Clarifying Information,
Drawing Conclusions
2 days
1 day
Straw into
Gold: The
Metamorphosis of
the Everyday
Essay &
Metaphor
Asking Questions
2 days
1 day
Comparing
Literature:
from Great Plains /
Seeing, from
Dakota: a Spiritual
Geography
Description &
Tone
Comparing & Contrasting
2 days
1 day
On the Mall
Purpose & Irony Asking Questions,
Clarifying Information
2 days
1 day
Program Planning Guide
CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS
xvii
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Name:
Date:
Reading Log
Week of
Date
Title
Author
Pages Read
From
To
Summary/
Reactions
Total number of pages read this week:
Genres read this week (circle):
Fiction
xviii
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xviii
READING LOG
Nonfiction
Poetry
Drama
Folk Literature
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 1
Communicating in a Pair Group: Self-Evaluation
Communicating with another person is a two-way street: it involves both listening carefully and speaking clearly. Being an
effective communicator when interacting with another person includes
• making eye contact and maintaining a relaxed posture
• providing feedback as you listen
• not interrupting
• rephrasing what the speaker says to show you understand
• controlling your emotions
• distinguishing between facts and opinions
Evaluating Pair-Group Communication—Self-Evaluation
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate yourself on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on
the scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well
you communicated with your partner and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that you could improve your
communication skills.
I made eye contact and maintained a relaxed posture.
4
3
2
1
0
I provided feedback as I listened.
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
I did not interrupt.
4
3
2
I rephrased what my partner said to show that I understood.
4
3
2
1
0
I controlled my emotions.
4
3
2
1
0
I backed up facts with details from the text and gave my opinions.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xix
Program Planning Guide
EVALUATION FORM 1
xix
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 2
Communicating in a Pair Group: Peer-Evaluation
Communicating with another person is a two-way street: it involves both listening carefully and speaking clearly. Being an
effective communicator when interacting with another person includes
• making eye contact and maintaining a relaxed posture
• providing feedback as you listen
• not interrupting
• rephrasing what the speaker says to show you understand
• controlling your emotions
• distinguishing between facts and opinions
Evaluating Pair-Group Communication—Peer Evaluation
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your partner on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the
scale that you feel corresponds to your partner’s number for each item. Then give your partner an overall score for how
well your partner communicated and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that your partner could improve his or her
communication skills.
My partner made eye contact and maintained a relaxed posture.
4
3
2
1
0
My partner provided feedback as he/she listened.
4
3
2
1
0
My partner did not interrupt.
4
3
2
1
0
My partner rephrased what I said to show that she/he understood.
4
3
2
1
0
My partner controlled his/her emotions.
4
3
2
1
0
My partner backed up facts with details from the text and gave her/his opinions.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
xx
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xx
EVALUATION FORM 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 3
Communicating in a Small Group
Communicating in a small group requires all the elements of effective communication between two people. But when
you’re working with a small group, it’s also necessary to observe some other guidelines. These include
• respecting group norms, or rules that govern behavior for group members
• understanding group roles (possible group roles: reader, timekeeper, recorder, summarizer, foreperson)
• taking turns
• helping to create a positive climate
• establishing group goals
Evaluating Small-Group Communication
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your group on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the
scale that you feel corresponds to your group’s number for each item. Then give your group an overall score for how well
it communicated and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways your group could improve its communication.
Group members understand and respect group norms.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members understand group roles.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members take turns participating.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members help to create a positive climate.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members work together to establish group goals.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxi
Program Planning Guide
EVALUATION FORM 3
xxi
7/9/09 10:47:09 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 4
Communicating in a Large Group
Large groups require many of the same skills you use in a small group. However, large groups also require special
communication skills. Some of these skills are
• sharing group roles so everyone can participate
• focusing on key relationships and finding key people to lead the group
• emphasizing group identity and setting reachable goals
• standing up when presenting
• avoiding “groupthink,” the pressure to conform
• taking responsibility and helping each other finish tasks
Evaluating Large-Group Communication
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your group on items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale
that you feel corresponds to your group’s number for each item. Then give your group an overall score for how well
members communicated with each other and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that your group could improve its
communication skills.
Group members shared roles so everyone could participate.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members focused on key relationships and key people who could lead our group.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members emphasized a group identity and set reachable goals.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members stood up when making presentations.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members stated their opinions and were not pressured to conform.
4
3
2
1
0
Group members took responsibility for completing the assignment and helped each other finish tasks.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
xxii
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxii
EVALUATION FORM 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 5
Asking Questions: Questioning Skills
Knowing the most effective ways to ask and answer questions in a group can help you become a great communicator.
Here are some guidelines to remember when asking questions.
• Wait to be recognized.
• Make your questions short, clear, and direct.
• Don’t debate or argue with the speaker.
• Don’t take too much of others’ time.
• Don’t give a speech yourself.
Evaluating Questioning Skills
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your abilities for the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the
scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well you asked
questions, and write a short evaluation of your abilities, suggesting ways you could improve your communication skills.
I waited to be recognized.
4
3
2
1
0
I asked short, clear, and direct questions.
4
3
2
1
0
I did not debate or argue with the speaker.
4
3
2
1
0
I did not take too much time asking questions.
4
3
2
1
0
I did not give a speech when I asked a question.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxiii
Program Planning Guide
EVALUATION FORM 5
xxiii
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
Name:
Date:
EVALUATION FORM 6
Answering Questions: Answering Skills
Here are some guidelines to remember when answering questions.
• Be prepared for a question-and-answer period.
• Be patient.
• Make your answers clear, short, and direct.
• Rephrase difficult questions.
• Be courteous.
• Try to handle difficult members of the audience gracefully.
Evaluating Answering Skills
Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your abilities on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the
scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well you
answered questions, and write a short evaluation of your abilities, suggesting ways you could improve your
communication skills.
I was prepared for a question-and-answer period.
4
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
I was patient.
4
3
I gave clear, short, and direct answers.
4
3
2
1
0
I rephrased difficult questions.
4
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
I was courteous.
4
3
I handled difficult members of the audience gracefully.
4
3
2
1
0
Overall score
Suggestions for improvement
xxiv
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxiv
EVALUATION FORM 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 1 Origins of the American Tradition Opener, p. 1
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical,
social, and political elements on literature
extending from the beginnings of the
American tradition to 1800
• identify the characteristics of Native
American literary traditions
• identify the characters of the literature
created during the period of European
exploration and early settlement, as well as
the era of the American Revolution
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 1 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1A–1B
____ Unit 1 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1C–1F
____ Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1G–1L
____ Unit 1 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1K–1N
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 1 Overview, SE/ATE, p. 1
____ Timeline: Origins of the American Tradition to 1800, SE/ATE, pp. 2–3
____ Historical Introduction: Origins of the American Tradition to 1800, SE/ATE, pp. 4–6
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, p. 1
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, pp. 2–3
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the
Standards Unit 1, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 5
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 5
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 5
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 108
____ Unit 1, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 1–15
____ Media Literacy: Internet Research and Communication, Exceeding the Standards: Special
Topics, pp. 1–2
____ Developing Your Career and Life Portfolio, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 3–5
____ Unit 1, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 1–8
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 1
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
1
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 477–478
____ Unit 1 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 425–428
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
2
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 2
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Native American Traditions, p. 7
Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, p. 8
The Osage Creation Account / The Navajo Creation Myth, p. 10
Directed Reading
“The Osage Creation Account”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic
setting
• Ease Factor: Length; simple language
“The Navajo Creation Myth”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar
cultural references; challenging names;
abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
creation accounts
• analyze and understand myth and
chronological order
• describe the similarities and differences
between the Osage and Navajo views of
nature
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Native American Traditions, SE/ATE, p. 7
____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, SE/ATE, pp. 8–9
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Native American
Traditions and Applying Part 1: Native American Traditions, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, pp. 4–5
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The
Oral Tradition and Applying Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, pp. 6–8
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 10
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 11–12
____ Analyze Literature: Chronology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 20
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 3
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
3
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 12
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 12
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 13–14
____ Analyze Literature: Creation Myths, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 21
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 31–33
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
4
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 4
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:10 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Song of the Sky Loom / Prayer to the Pacific, p. 15
Directed Reading
“Song of the Sky Loom”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
language
• Ease Factor: Length
“Prayer to the Pacific”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter;
poetic conventions
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, and evaluate a poem that
describes life as a weaving whose threads
incorporate elements of nature
• analyze and understand metaphor and
repetition
• infer features of Tewa culture from elements
of the song
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 15
____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 23
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 16
____ Literature Connection: Prayer to the Pacific, SE/ATE, p. 17–18
____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 24
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 16
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 16
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 17
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 17
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 17
____ Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 1–6
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p.19–20
____ Enrich Learning: Research Native American Crafts, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 25
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 5
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
5
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 26
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 34–35
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
6
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 6
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Coyote and the Earth Monster, p. 21
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic
events; simile (blood/lava)
• Ease Factor: Humorous conclusion;
dialogue; conversational tone; simple plot
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 21
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Origins and Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 27
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 21–23
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization and Dialogue, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 28–29
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 23
____ Analyze Literature: Trickster Tales, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 30
____ The Sentence and Its Functions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 1–5
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 31
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 36–38
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 7
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
7
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The Iroquois Constitution, p. 24
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism
• Ease Factor: Author’s style; length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 24
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 32
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 24–26
____ Respond to Literature: Double-Entry Note-taking Journal, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 33
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 25
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 25
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 26
____ Extend the Learning: Essay on a Great Leader, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 34
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 35
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 39–41
8
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 8
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 9
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
9
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Shaping the New World, p. 27
A Journey through Texas, p. 28
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; unfamiliar setting;
more description than action; complex
relationships
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a travel
narrative about the early Spanish exploration
of the American Southwest
• analyze and understand narrative and
abridgment
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Shaping the New World, SE/ATE, p. 27
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Shaping the New
World and Applying Part 2: Shaping the New World, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 9–10
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 28
____ Build Vocabulary: Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 36
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 29–32
____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 37
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 30
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 30
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 30
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 32
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 32
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 32
____ Narrative Writing Assignment: The Travel Narrative, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, pp. 1–2
10
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 10
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 33
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 38
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 42–44
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 11
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
11
7/9/09 10:47:11 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The General History of Virginia / from Of Plymouth Plantation, p. 34
Grammar & Style Workshop: Subject-Verb Agreement, p. 45
Directed Reading
from The General History of Virginia
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Footnotes and
vocabulary; perspective switches
• Ease Factor: Length; simple language
from Of Plymouth Plantation
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Complex
sentence structure; challenging vocabulary;
style
• Ease Factor: Broken into sections
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and
compare nonfiction accounts about the
early settlers
• analyze and understand point of view
• understand and compare the motivations of
early European settlers
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 34
____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 39
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 35–42
____ History Connection: The Lost Colony of Roanoke Island, SE/ATE, p. 37
____ Connecting with Literature: Focus on Colonial Experiences, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, p. 40
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 38, 40
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 38, 41
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 39, 41
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 42
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 42
12
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 12
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 43–44
____ Extend the Learning: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 41
____ Research Project: Puritan Beliefs, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 42
____ Identifying the Parts of Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 12–15
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Subject-Verb Agreement, SE/ATE, p. 45
____ Subject and Verb Agreement: With Intervening Expressions, with Contractions, with Linking
Verbs, and with Special Subjects, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 81–86
____ Indefinite Pronoun and Verb Agreement, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 87–89
____ Compound Subject and Verb Agreement, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 90–92
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 43
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 45–47
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 13
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
13
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
To My Dear and Loving Husband, p. 46
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Archaic Language, p. 49
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Archaic terms;
inverted sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
poem about devotion between a wife and a
husband
• understand Puritan beliefs
• analyze and understand hyperbole and
paradox
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 46
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 44
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 47
____ Analyze Literature: Meter, Rhythm, and Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 45
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Use Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 1–3
____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 7–12
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 48
____ Connecting with Literature: Anne Bradstreet’s Faith, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 46
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Archaic Language, SE/ATE, p. 49
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Archaic Language, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 17–18
14
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 14
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 47
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 48–49
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 15
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
15
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Huswifery, p. 50
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
vocabulary; use of literary elements; style
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
poem about the concept of humans as
divinely created beings whose purpose is
to glorify God
• analyze and understand plain style and
extended metaphor
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 50
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 51–52
____ Education Connection: The New England Primer, SE/ATE, p. 52
____ Analyze Literature: Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 48
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 52
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 52
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 53
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 49
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 50
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 50–51
16
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 16
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 17
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
17
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God, p. 54
Grammar & Style Workshop: Verb Tenses, p. 61
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
sermon about human sinfulness and the
need to recommit oneself to God
• understand the influence of the Great
Awakening
• analyze and understand analogy and
repetition
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 54
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 51
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 55–57
____ Cultural Connection: The Great Awakening, SE/ATE, p. 58
____ Analyze Literature: Analogy and Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 52
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 56
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 56
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 57
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 57
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 57, 58
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 4–6
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 59–60
____ Build Background: Edwards’s Views of God and People, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 53
18
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 18
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:12 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Verb Tenses, SE/ATE, p. 61
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.5, Verbs, SE/ATE, pp. 1322–1324
____ Verb Tenses: The Simple Tenses, the Perfect Tenses, and the Progressive and Emphatic Verb
Forms, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 59–62
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 54
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 52–54
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 19
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
19
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or
Gustavus Vassa, the African, Written by Himself, p. 62
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate to challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
vocabulary; background information
needed; long, complex sentences; more
description than action; some use of dialect
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 62
____ Build Vocabulary: Adjectives Describing People, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 55
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 62–65
____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 56
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 64
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 64
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 64
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 59–60
____ Analyze Literature: Character in an Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 57
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 58
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 55–57
20
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 20
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 21
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
21
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
On Being Brought from Africa to America / To S.M., a Young African
Painter, on Seeing His Works, p. 66
Independent Reading
“On Being Brought from Africa to America”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Need for
background information; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
“To S.M., a Young African Painter”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
language
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills.p
• analyze literary elements.p
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words.p
• address critical thinking questions.p
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text.p
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 66
____ Build Vocabulary: Multiple-Meaning Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 59
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 66–68
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization of a Speaker, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 60
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 67
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 67
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 67
____ Cultural Context Study: Phillis Wheatley’s Colonial America, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 3
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 68
____ Analyze Literature: Critiquing Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 61
22
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 22
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 62
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 58–59
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 23
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
23
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: The American Revolution, p. 69
Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, p. 70
from The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin / from Poor Richard’s
Almanack / Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor, p. 71
Directed Reading
from The Autobiography of Benjamin
Franklin
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
footnotes
• Ease Factor: Length
from Poor Richard’s Almanack
• Reading Level: Easy to moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; more description than
action; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length; can be broken into
sections
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
autobiographical excerpt about Franklin’s
apprenticeship and aphorisms excerpted
from an almanac
• understand how Neoclassicism influences
these pieces of literature
• identify common themes and styles in
Franklin’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 3: The American Revolution, SE/ATE, p. 69
____ Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, SE/ATE, p. 69
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: The American
Revolution and Applying Part 3: The American Revolution, Meeting the Standards Unit 1,
pp. 11–12
____ Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 1–3
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 71
____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 63
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 72–75
____ Literary Connection: Protecting Anonymous Sources, SE/ATE, p. 74
____ Informational Text Connection: Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor, SE/ATE, pp. 76–77
____ Analyze Literature: Character in an Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 64
24
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 24
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 74, 76
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 74
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 74
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 75
____ Journalism Connection Activity: Writing a Summary Lead, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 4–5
____ Determine the Importance of Details, Differentiated Instruction for English Language
Learners, pp. 13–19
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 78–79
____ Connecting with Literature: Franklin’s Accomplishments, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 65
____ Collaborative Learning: Conduct a Talk-Show Interview, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, pp. 1–2
____ Subjects and Predicates, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 6–8
____ Sentence Structures: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex Sentences,
Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 9–11
____ Narrative Writing: Create an Autobiographical Sketch, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 1–12
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 66
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 60–62
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 25
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
25
7/9/09 10:47:13 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speech in the Virginia Convention, p. 80
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Word Parts, p. 85
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
knowledge needed
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
speech persuading colonists to fight for
liberty against the British
• understand the influence of the
Enlightenment
• analyze and understand rhetorical questions
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 80
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 67
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 81–83
____ Analyze Literature: Analogy and Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 68
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 82
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 82
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 83
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 83
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Set Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 7–9
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 84
____ Analyze Literature: Style and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 69
____ Media Literacy: Analyze a Significant Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, pp. 3–4
26
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 26
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 85
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.2, Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Affixes and Roots, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 9–10
____ Suffixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 11–12
____ Prefixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 13–14
____ Time Out for Test Practice: Recognizing Word Parts, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary &
Spelling, pp. 15–16
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 70
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 63–65
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 27
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
27
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Common Sense / from The Crisis, No. 1, p. 86
Grammar & Style Workshop: Pronouns, p. 91
Directed Reading
from Common Sense
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Complex
sentence structure; challenging vocabulary;
formal language
• Ease Factor: Length
from The Crisis, No. 1
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
vocabulary; style
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
essay and a pamphlet urging support of the
colonists’ struggle against the British
• analyze and understand argument and tone
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 86
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 71
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 87–89
____ Analyze Literature: Rhetorical Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 72
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 89
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 89
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 90
____ Analyze Literature: Tone and Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 73
28
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 28
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Pronouns, SE/ATE, p. 91
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.4, Pronouns, SE/ATE, pp. 1321–1322
____ Pronouns and Antecedents, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 27–33
____ Indefinite, Reflexive, and Intensive Pronouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 39–45
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 74
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 66–68
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 29
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
29
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Declaration of Independence / Bill of Rights, p. 92
Directed Reading
“Declaration of Independence”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Author’s purpose
• Ease Factor: Length
“Bill of Rights”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
a government document that declares
independence from Great Britain and
establishes a new government
• analyze and understand thesis and
parallelism
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 92
____ Build Vocabulary: Base Words, Prefixes, and Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 75
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 93–96
____ Informational Text Connection: Bill of Rights, SE/ATE, pp. 97–98
____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Persuasive Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 76
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 94
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 94
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 96
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 96
____ Informational Text Activity: Declaration of Independence Time Line, Differentiated
Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 6–7
____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 20–29
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 99–100
____ Connecting with Literature: Elaborating with Examples, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 77
____ Connecting with Literature: Founders, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 78
30
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 30
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 79
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 69–70
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 31
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
31
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Letter to John Adams, p. 101
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Context
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 101
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 80
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 101–103
____ Art Connection: Gilbert Stuart, SE/ATE, p. 102
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 103
____ Connecting with Literature: Researching John Adams, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 81
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 82
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 71–73
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
32
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 32
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:14 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Letters from an American Farmer, p. 104
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Formal language;
background information on early settlers;
style
• Ease Factor: Length; familiar topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 104
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Root and Prefix, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 83
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 104–106
____ History Connection: Loyalists in the American Revolution, SE/ATE, p. 107
____ Analyze Literature: Compare and Contrast American and European Societies, Meeting the
Standards Unit 1, p. 84
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 107
____ Analyze Literature: Concrete Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 85
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 86
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 74–76
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 33
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
33
7/9/09 10:47:15 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work, p. 109
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• deliver an oral interpretation of a literary
work that is appropriate for the audience
• deliver an oral interpretation of a literary
work that fulfills the length requirement
• deliver an oral interpretation of a literary
work that demonstrates the appropriate
volume, pace, and enunciation
• deliver an oral interpretation of a literary
work that is accompanied by appropriate
facial expressions and gestures
• deliver an oral interpretation of a literary
work that has an effective tone and emphasis
of delivery
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work, SE/ATE, p. 109
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1353
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.7, Oral Interpretation, SE/ATE, p. 1357
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Present a Literary Work, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 1–2
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
34
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 34
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:15 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint, p. 110
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write a persuasive essay with an introduction
that captures the reader’s interest and
identifies the topic
• write a persuasive essay with a thesis
statement that clearly presents the argument
the writer plans to make
• write a persuasive essay with a body
developed with evidence gathered from
research to support the argument and
refutations of possible counterarguments
• write a persuasive essay with a conclusion
that re-emphasizes the main point and
provides closure
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint, SE/ATE, pp. 110–115
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 112
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 112
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 113
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 113
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 113
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Narrative Writing: Create an Autobiographical Sketch, Exceeding the Standards:
Writing, pp. 1–12
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 35
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
35
7/9/09 10:47:15 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 116
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• use context clues to determine the meanings
of words that are difficult or are used in
unfamiliar ways
• plan the time allowed for completion the
written portion of a test
• evaluate a passage to identify errors and
inconsistencies in grammar, punctuation,
spelling, organization, and style
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Use Context Clues, SE/ATE, pp. 116–117
____ Writing Skills: Plan Your Time, SE/ATE, p. 118
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 119
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards
Unit 1, pp. 13–16
____ ACT Practice Test: English, Reading, and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test
Practice, pp. 3–5
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
36
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 36
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:15 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 2 New England Renaissance Opener, p. 120
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
New England Renaissance, 1800–1850
• identify the characteristics of American
Gothic literature
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 2 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 120A–120B
____ Unit 2 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 120C–120F
____ Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 120G–120L
____ Unit 2 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 120K–120O
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 120
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 2 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 120–121
____ Timeline: New England Renaissance: 1800–1850, SE/ATE, pp. 122–123
____ Historical Introduction: New England Renaissance: 1800–1850, SE/ATE, pp. 124–126
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 1
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 2, p. 2–3
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 2, p. 18
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 125
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 125
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 260
____ Unit 2, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 16–45
____ Media Literacy: Word Processing, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, p. 6
____ Basic Study Skills 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 7–8
____ Unit 2, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 9–16
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 37
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
37
7/9/09 10:47:15 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 3 and 4, Assessment Guide, pp. 479–480
____ Unit 2 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 429–433
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
38
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 38
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Fireside Poets, p. 127
Thanatopsis, p. 128
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Greek and Latin Words, p. 135
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate ways in
which Bryant expresses feelings about nature
and death
• understand the influence of the Hudson
River School on Bryant
• analyze and understand blank verse and
elaboration
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Fireside Poets, SE/ATE, p. 127
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Fireside Poets and Applying
Part 1: Fireside Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 4–5
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 128
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 129–132
____ Art Connection: The Hudson River School, ATE, p. 131
____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 20
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 130
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 130
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 130
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 131
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 39
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
39
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
____
____
____
Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 131
Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 131
Art History Activity: The Hudson River School, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, pp. 8–9
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 133–134
____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 21
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Greek and Latin Words, SE/ATE, p. 135
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Greek and Latin Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 51–52
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 77–79
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
40
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 40
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Old Ironsides, p. 136
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; unfamiliar setting; style
• Ease Factor: Length; straightforward
language
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
poem and consider the importance of
preserving reminders of a nation’s history
• analyze and understand description and
meter
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 136
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 137
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 23
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 138
____ Analyze Literature: Purpose, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 24
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 25
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 80–81
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 41
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
41
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Stanzas on Freedom, p. 139
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Complex
vocabulary; unfamiliar setting; style
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
poem and recognize the intensity with
which writers such as Lowell expressed their
opposition to slavery
• understand how Lowell was influenced by
the abolitionist movement
• analyze and understand rhetorical question,
rhyme, and couplet
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 139
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 140
____ Analyze Literature: Fireside Poet, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 26
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 140
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 141
____ Analyze Literature: Poetry Critique, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 27
____ Media Literacy: Create a Public Relations Campaign, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 5
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 28
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 82–83
42
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 42
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 43
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
43
7/9/09 10:47:16 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls / A Psalm of Life, p. 142
Directed Reading
“The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Complex
imagery; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length; repetition
“A Psalm of Life”
• Reading Level: Easy to moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor (life,
dream); abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Rhyme schemes; short stanzas
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems
• analyze and understand mood and
personification
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 142
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 143-145
____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 29
____ Analyze Literature: Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 30
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 143, 144
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 143, 144
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 143, 144
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 145
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 145
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 145
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 146–147
____ Analyze Literature: Rhythm and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 31
44
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 44
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 32
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 84–85
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 45
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
45
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Snow-Bound, p. 148
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Abrupt shifts in
time; background information needed; long
stanzas; vocabulary; figurative language
• Ease Factor: Rhyme scheme; short lines
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 148
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 33
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 148-152
____ Art Connection: Marsden Hartley, SE/ATE, p. 150
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 34
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 150
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 150
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 152
____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 35
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 36
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 86–87
46
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 46
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 47
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
47
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Transcendentalism, p. 153
Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay, p. 154
Author Focus: Ralph Waldo Emerson, p. 156
from Nature / The Rhodora, p. 157
Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Variety, p. 164
Directed Reading
from Nature
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; sentence
structure; vocabulary; long paragraphs;
personification; complex imagery; abstract
concepts
• Ease Factor: Length
“The Rhodora”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
footnotes; long sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
essay and the poem, and understand the
speaker’s belief in a universal beauty and
truth
• understand the influence of
Transcendentalism on Emerson
• identify common themes and styles in
Emerson’s works
• analyze and understand argument and theme
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Transcendentalism, SE/ATE, p. 153
____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay, SE/ATE, pp. 154–155
____ Author Focus: Ralph Waldo Emerson, SE/ATE, p. 156
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Transcendentalism and
Applying Part 2: Transcendentalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 6–8
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay and
Applying Literary Forms: The Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 9–11
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 157
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 37
48
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 48
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 158–162
____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 38
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 160
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 160, 162
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 160, 162
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 161
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 161
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 161
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 163
____ Extend the Text: Write a Quotation Journal, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 39
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 40
____ Pronoun Cases: The Nominative Case, the Objective Case, and the Possessive Case, Exceeding
the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 34–38
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Sentence Variety, SE/ATE, p. 164
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319
____ Sentence Structures: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex Sentences,
Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 9–11
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 41
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 88–90
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 49
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
49
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Concord Hymn, p. 165
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Length; short stanzas; rhyme
scheme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
poem and recognize its theme: that society
creates memorials to help preserve the
freedoms for which people gave their lives
• analyze and understand consonance and
alliteration
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 165
____ Build Background: Lexington and Concord, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 42
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 166
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 166
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 166
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 166
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 167
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 43
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 44
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 91–93
50
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 50
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 51
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
51
7/9/09 10:47:17 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau, p. 168
from Walden / The Present, p. 169
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Denotation and Connotation, p. 183
Directed Reading
from Walden
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Unconnected
excerpts
• Ease Factor: Simple, direct language
“The Present”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Some vocabulary;
metaphor, similes; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Point of view; colorful
descriptions
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
Thoreau’s description of his year at Walden
Pond and state the theme of the essay: that
individuals should live as simply and as close
to nature as they can
• identify Thoreau’s role as a
Transcendentalist
• analyze and understand purpose and tone
• compare and contrast the essay with one by
Annie Dillard
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau, SE/ATE, p. 168
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 169
____ Build Vocabulary: Root Words, Prefixes, and Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 45
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 170–178
____ History Connection: Irish Immigration, SE/ATE, p. 173
____ Literature Connection: “The Present,” SE/ATE, p. 179–180
____ Connecting with Literature: Walden Pond Ecology, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 46
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 171
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 171, 175
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 171
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 173
52
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 52
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
____
____
____
____
____
Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 173, 179
Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 179
Historical Context Project: Transcendentalism in America, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 10
Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 10–12
Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 30–48
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 181–182
____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 47
____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 48
____ Analyze Literature: The Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 49
____ Common, Proper, Singular, and Plural Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 16–21
____ Pronouns and Antecedents, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 27–33
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Denotation and Connotation, SE/ATE, p. 183
____ Denotation and Connotation, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 27–28
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 50
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 94–96
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 53
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
53
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Civil Disobedience / from Self-Reliance, p. 184
Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Fragments, p. 194
Directed Reading
from “Civil Disobedience”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
more description than action; complicated
sentence structure; long paragraphs; abstract
concepts
from “Self-Reliance”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
footnotes; long sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
two essays about individualism versus
conformity
• analyze and understand thesis and irony
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 184
____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 51
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 185–191
____ History Connection: The Mexican-American War, SE/ATE, p. 186
____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 52
____ Analyze Literature: Aphorism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 53
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 187
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 187
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 188, 191
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 188, 191
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 188, 191
____ Comparing Authors Study: Emerson and Thoreau, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 11
54
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 54
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 192–193
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 54
____ Lifelong Learning: Compare Writers’ Influence, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 6
____ Expository Writing: Write Unified Paragraphs, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 13–22
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Sentence Fragments, SE/ATE, p. 194
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319
____ Sentence Fragments, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–230
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 55
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 97–99
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 55
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
55
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Letter to Sophia Ripley, p. 195
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
footnotes; long sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading skills and strategies
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions.
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 195
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 56
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 195–196
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 196
____ Analyze Literature: The Letter Form, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 57
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 58
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 100–102
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
56
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 56
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: American Gothic, p. 197
The Devil and Tom Walker, p. 198
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; dense
description
• Ease Factor: Interesting plot
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 day
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
story with the theme that people obsessed
by personal gain usually end up destroying
their souls
• understand how the story exemplifies Gothic
literature
• analyze and understand plot, conflict,
exposition, and climax
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s):
____ Part 3: American Gothic, SE/ATE, p. 197
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: American Gothic and
Applying Part 3: American Gothic, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 12–13
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 198
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 59
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 199–208
____ History Connection: The Salem Witch Trials, SE/ATE, p. 202
____ Literary Connection: The Story of “Rip Van Winkle,” SE/ATE, p. 205
____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 60
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 200
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 200, 201, 206
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 201
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 204
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 204
____ Plot, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 49–66
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 57
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
57
7/9/09 10:47:18 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 209
____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 61
____ Common, Proper, Singular, and Plural Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 16–21
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 62
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 103–105
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
58
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 58
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe, p. 210
The Raven / Alone / Letter to John Allan, p. 211
Directed Reading
“The Raven”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
unfamiliar setting
• Ease Factor: Length
“Alone”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic character with
whom students might identify
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
two poems by understanding the raven as a
symbol of the speaker’s profound loss and
appreciating “Alone” as an expression of
the speaker’s feelings of isolation
• identify common themes and style in
Poe’s writing
• analyze and understand mood and
alliteration
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe, SE/ATE, p. 210
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 211
____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 63
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 212–216
____ Art Connection: Illustrations of Poe’s Stories, SE/ATE, p. 215
____ Primary Source Connection: Letter to John Allan, SE/ATE, pp. 217–218
____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 64
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 214, 217
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 214
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 214, 217
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 215
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 215
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 215
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 59
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
59
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
____
____
Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meanings, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 13–15
Analyze Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners,
pp. 67–75
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 219–220
____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 65
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 66
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 67
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 106–108
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
60
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 60
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Fall of the House of Usher, p. 221
Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, p. 238
Grammar & Style Workshop: Run-On Sentences, p. 240
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Unlikely
events; complicated sentences; challenging
vocabulary; complex relations between
characters
• Ease Factor: Highly descriptive
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
story about a fatal link between a family
and its home
• recognize elements of Gothic literature
in the work
• identify common themes and styles in
Poe’s writing
• analyze and understand Gothic fiction and
foreshadowing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope &
Sequence Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 221
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 68
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 222–235
____ Literary Connection: Detective Stories, SE/ATE, p. 231
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 69
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 223, 234
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 223, 230
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 224, 228, 235
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 224, 235
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 228, 235
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 230
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 61
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
61
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 236–237
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 70
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 238–239
____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 239
____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 239
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, Exceeding the Standards:
Literature & Reading, pp. 4–6
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Run-On Sentences, SE/ATE, p. 240
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319
____ Run-On Sentences, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 231–233
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 71
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 109–111
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
62
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 62
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Death of Edgar Allan Poe, p. 241
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; some vocabulary; more
description than action; shifts in time
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 241
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 72
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 241–242
____ Literary Connection: The Influence of Poe, SE/ATE, p. 243
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 242
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 242
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 243
____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 73
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 74
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 112–113
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 63
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
63
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
64
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 64
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:19 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Minister’s Black Veil, p. 244
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information; long paragraphs; difficult
vocabulary; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; suspense
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 244
____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 75
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 244–253
____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 76
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 247
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 249
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 249
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 251
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 253
____ Analyze Literature: Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 77
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 78
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 114–116
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 65
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
65
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
66
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 66
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Loomings, from Moby-Dick, p. 254
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Eponyms, p. 259
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic
events; abstract concepts; challenging
vocabulary; unfamiliar cultural references
• Ease Factor: Colorful imagery
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 254
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 79
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 254–258
____ Analyze Literature: Moby-Dick Criticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 80
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 256
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 257
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 257
____ Author Study: Herman Melville: The Man and His Works, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 12–13
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 258
____ Analyze Literature: Figures of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 81
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Eponyms, SE/ATE, p. 259
____ Eponyms and Toponyms, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 57–58
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 67
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
67
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 82
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 117–119
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
68
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 68
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation, p. 261
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
• prepare notes that emphasize main ideas and
provide brief supporting details
• prepare notes that can be used effectively in
delivering the presentation
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• prepare notes that are well organized, clearly
written, and easy to follow
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 261
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Prepare Notes for a Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 3–6
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 69
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
69
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting, p. 262
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• describe a setting in an essay that has an
introduction that quickly puts the reader in
the scene
• describe a setting in an essay that develops
a body that includes specific details of sight,
sound, smell, feel, and, if appropriate, taste
• describe a setting in an essay that ends with
a conclusion that gives the reader a sense of
closure
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting, SE/ATE, pp. 262–263
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 263
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 263
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 263
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Expository Writing: Write Unified Paragraphs, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 13–22
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
70
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 70
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:20 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 264
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• identify the mood and tone of a literary work
• analyze the prompt before writing to ensure
that they will write on the assigned topic
• evaluate a passage to identify errors and
inconsistencies in grammar, punctuation,
spelling, organization, and style
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Identify Mood and Tone, SE/ATE, pp. 264–265
____ Writing Skills: Analyze the Prompt, SE/ATE, p. 266
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 267
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 2,
pp. 14–17
____ English Grammar Practice Test: Revising and Editing, Exceeding the Standards: Test
Practice, pp. 6–7
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 71
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2
71
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 3 Slavery and the Civil War Opener, p. 268
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of
1850–1865
• identify the characteristics of the literature of
slavery and the Civil War period
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 3 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 268A–268B
____ Unit 3 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 268C–268D
____ Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 268E–268J
____ Unit 3 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 268K–268M
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 268
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 3 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 268–269
____ Timeline: Slavery and the Civil War 1850–1865, SE/ATE, pp. 270–271
____ Historical Introduction: Slavery and the Civil War 1850–1865, SE/ATE, pp. 272–274
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 1
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 3, pp. 2–3
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 3, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 273
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 273
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 360
____ Unit 3, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 46–92
____ Media Literacy: Advanced Word Processing and Publishing, Exceeding the Standards: Special
Topics, pp. 9–10
____ Basic Study Skills 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 11–12
____ Unit 3, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 17–26
72
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 72
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 5 and 6, Assessment Guide, pp. 481–482
____ Unit 3 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 434–438
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 73
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
73
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: A Nation Divided, p. 275
from Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, an American Slave,
Written by Himself / Frederick Douglass, p. 276
Grammar & Style Workshop: Unified Paragraphs, p. 285
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
narrative about the author’s childhood as a
slave on a Maryland plantation
• understand how the selection typifies a slave
narrative
• compare and contrast the autobiography
with Hayden’s poem
• understand and analyze stereotype and tone
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: A Nation Divided, SE/ATE, p. 275
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: A Nation Divided and
Applying Part 1: A Nation Divided, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 4–7
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 276
____ Build Vocabulary: Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 277–280
____ Music Connection: Spirituals, SE/ATE, p. 278
____ Literature Connection: Frederick Douglass, SE/ATE, p. 281
____ History Connection: The Underground Railroad, SE/ATE, p. 282
____ Research Project: Legacy of the Spiritual, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 20–21
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 278
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 278
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 279
74
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 74
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
____
____
____
____
Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 280
Historical Connection: The Underground Railroad, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 14
Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 16–18
Cause and Effect, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 76–84
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 282–284
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 22
____ Action Verbs and State of Being Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 46–48
____ Passive Voice and Active Voice, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 63–65
____ Subject and Verb Agreement: With Intervening Expressions, with Contractions, with Linking
Verbs, and with Special Subjects, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 81–86
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Unified Paragraphs, SE/ATE, p. 285
____ The Paragraph, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 252–254
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 23
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 120–122
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 75
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
75
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge, p. 286
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Plot twists
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about a man who imagines himself
escaping punishment for violating the
enemy’s military order
• understand and analyze psychological fiction
and flashback
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 286
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Origins, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 24
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 287–294
____ History Connection: Where Is Owl Creek? SE/ATE, p. 292
____ Connecting with Literature: Major Battles of the Civil War, Meeting the Standards
Unit 3, p. 25
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 288
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 288, 293
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 288
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 291
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 291
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 19–21
____ Sequence of Events, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 85–100
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 295–296
____ Analyze Literature: Sensory Details, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 26
____ Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 56–58
76
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 76
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
____
____
Verb Tenses: The Simple Tenses, the Perfect Tenses, and the Progressive and Emphatic Verb
Forms, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 59–62
Predicated Nouns, Pronouns, and Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 76–80
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 27
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 123–125
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 77
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
77
7/9/09 10:47:21 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Gettysburg Address / Letter to Mrs. Bixby / The Second Inaugural
Address, p. 297
Grammar & Style Workshop: Parallel Structure, p. 304
Directed Reading
“The Gettysburg Address”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Context of
speech; complicated sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
“Letter to Mrs. Bixby”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
background information on Civil War
• Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic main
character
“The Second Inaugural Address”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Style; background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
historical speeches
• understand and analyze parallelism and
antithesis
• understand the historical events that led to
these speeches
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 297
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 28
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 298, 301–302
____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Mrs. Bixby,” SE/ATE, pp. 299–300
____ Extend the Text: Witness to the Battle of Gettysburg, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 29
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 299
____ Primary Source Project: The Gettysburg Address: Reconstructing the Speech, Differentiated
Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 15–16
____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 101–106
78
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 78
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 300, 303
____ Analyze Literature: Voice, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 30
____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements of Speeches, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 31
____ Critical Literacy: Analyze Speeches, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 7
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Parallel Structure, SE/ATE, p. 304
____ Achieving Parallelism, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 240–242
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 32
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 126–128
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 79
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
79
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Farewell to His Army / At the Public Market Museum: Charleston,
South Carolina, p. 305
Directed Reading
“Farewell to His Army”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
vocabulary; formal style
• Ease Factor: Short paragraphs; topic
students can relate to
“At the Public Market Museum”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on Civil War; museum setting
• Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone;
short lines
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Lee’s
farewell letter
• understand and analyze purpose and tone
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 305
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 33
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 306
____ Literature Connection: “At the Public Market Museum: Charleston, South Carolina,” SE/ATE,
pp. 307–308
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 34
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 306
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 309
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 35
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 129–131
80
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 80
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 81
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
81
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl, Seven Years Concealed, p. 310
Grammar & Style Workshop: Transitions, p. 314
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on slavery; high-level
vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic narrator; firstperson point of view; compelling story
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 310
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 36
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 310–313
____ Art Connection: Winslow Homer, SE/ATE, p. 312
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 312
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 313
____ Extend the Text: Exploring Literary Elements of First-Person, Meeting the Standards
Unit 3, p. 37
____ Linking Verbs and Helping, or Auxiliary, Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar
& Style, pp. 49–55
____ Irregular Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 66–69
82
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 82
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Transitions, SE/ATE, p. 314
____ Using Transitions Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 238–239
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 38
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 132–134
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 83
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
83
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Lyric Poets, p. 315
Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry, p. 316
Author Focus: Walt Whitman, p. 318
from Preface to Leaves of Grass / from I Hear America Singing, p. 319
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Suffixes, p. 324
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor;
background needed; more description than
action; formal language; long, complicated
sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
from “I Hear America Singing”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Personification
• Ease Factor: Length; simple language
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poetic
preface describing what makes a democratic
nation, and a poem celebrating working
people
• understand and analyze Romanticism and
free verse
• identify common themes and elements in
Whitman’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Lyric Poets, SE/ATE, p. 315
____ Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry, SE/ATE, pp. 316–317
____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman, SE/ATE, p. 318
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Lyric Poets and Applying
Part 2: Lyric Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 8–9
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry and Applying
Literary Forms: Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 10–12
____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson, Exceeding the Standards: Literature &
Reading, pp. 7–9
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 319
____ Build Vocabulary: Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 39
84
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 84
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:22 AM
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 320–322
____ Analyze Literature: Romanticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 40–41
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 321
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 322
____ Literary Form Study: Free Verse, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 17
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 323
____ Build Background: Whitman’s Workers, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 42
____ Lifelong Learning: Write a Job Description, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 8
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Suffixes, SE/ATE, p. 324
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.2, Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Suffixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 11–12
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 43
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 135–137
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 85
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
85
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Song of Myself, p. 325
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbols;
historical context; extended metaphor
• Ease Factor: Interesting topic; length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
the universality and the uniqueness
of humans
• understand and analyze symbol and
elaboration
• understand Wordsworth’s influence on Song
of Myself
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
expressing a love of nature and belief in both
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 325
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 44
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 326–332
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 45
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 327
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 328
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 328
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 333–334
____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 46
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 47
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 138–140
86
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 86
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 87
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
87
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame / Beat! Beat! Drums! / Mathew Brady:
Civil War Photographer, p. 335
Directed Reading
“By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on bivouacs; some vocabulary;
personification
• Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic setting
“Beat! Beat! Drums!”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; difficult vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
“Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on Civil War
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
realism; conversational tone
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
poems, the first depicting a soldier at a
campfire at night, worried about dying
in battle; the second, about the effect of
warmongering despite society’s wish
for peace
• understand and analyze alliteration and
onomatopoeia
• compare and contrast these selections with
Whitman’s other works in this volume
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 335
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 48
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 336–338
____ Informational Text Connection: “Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer,” SE/ATE,
pp. 339–341
____ Analyze Literature: Tone and Author’s Purpose, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 49–50
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 340
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 340
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 341
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 341
88
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 88
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 342–343
____ Connecting with Literature: Art of the Civil War, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 51
____ Linking Verbs and Helping, or Auxiliary, Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 49–55
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 52
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 141–143
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 89
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
89
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Ode to Walt Whitman, p. 344
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Run-on lines;
some difficult vocabulary; abstract concepts;
background information on odes
• Ease Factor: Short lines
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 344
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 53
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 344–347
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 54
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 346
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 346
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 347
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 55
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 144–146
90
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 90
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 91
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
91
7/9/09 10:47:23 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Emily Dickinson, p. 348
Much Madness is divinest Sense— / I heard a Fly buzz—when I
died— / Because I could not stop for Death— / This is my letter to
the World / Battle for the Belle of Amherst, p. 349
Directed Reading
“Much Madness is divinest Sense—”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
vocabulary; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length
“I heard a Fly buzz—when I died—”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
meanings; extended metaphor;
unconventional sentence structure and
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic
“Because I could not stop for Death—”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
meanings; extended metaphor;
unconventional sentence structure and
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic
“This is my letter to the World”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
meanings; extended metaphor;
unconventional sentence structure and
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic
“Battle for the Belle of Amherst”
• Reading Level: Easy to moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on Dickinson; more
information than action
• Ease Factor: Short paragraphs; appealing
topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate poems
about isolation and death
• understand and analyze personification and
slant rhyme
• identify common themes, subjects, and
styles in Dickinson’s poems
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Emily Dickinson, SE/ATE, p. 348
____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson, Exceeding the Standards: Literature &
Reading, pp. 7–9
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 349
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Roots and Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 56
92
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 92
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 350–354
____ Informational Text Connection: “Battle for the Belle of Amherst,” SE/ATE, pp. 355–356
____ Analyze Literature: Emily Dickinson, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 57
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 352
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 355–356
____ Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 107–113
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 357
____ Analyze Literature: Elements of Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 58
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 59
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 147–149
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 93
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
93
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
There’s a certain Slant of light— / My life closed twice before its
close— / The Soul selects her own Society—, p. 358
Independent Reading
“There’s a certain Slant of light—”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Run-on lines;
abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length
“My life closed twice before its close—”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Theme
• Ease Factor: Simple message
“The Soul selects her own Society—”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
meanings; unconventional sentence
structure
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary; topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 358
____ Build Vocabulary: Multiple-Meaning Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 60
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 358–359
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Author Study: Emily Dickinson, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 18
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 359
____ Analyze Literature: Psychological Criticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 61
____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Lyric Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 23–35
94
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 94
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 62
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 150–151
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 95
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
95
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation, p. 361
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• deliver a narrative presentation that appeals
to the audience
• deliver a narrative presentation that has
a clear purpose and an easy-to-follow
narrative
• deliver a narrative presentation that contains
sensory details and appropriate transitions
• deliver a presentation using suitable facial
expressions, pace, tone of voice, and word
choice
• deliver a presentation using materials that
appeal to listeners
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1353
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.8, Telling a Story, SE/ATE, pp. 1357–1358
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Deliver a Narrative Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 7–10
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
96
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 96
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem, p. 362
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• identify the problem, establish context, and
capture audience interest
• provide a thesis statement that clearly
presents the argument
• demonstrate the problem and offer a feasible
solution
• conclude by restating the thesis and
providing closure
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem, SE/ATE, pp. 362–367
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 364
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 364
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Lyric Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 23–35
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 97
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
97
7/9/09 10:47:24 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 368
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• identify author’s purpose
• prewrite, write, and revise a reflective essay
in response to a writing prompt
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Identify Author’s Purpose, SE/ATE, pp. 368–369
____ Writing Skills: Plan Your Response, SE/ATE, p. 370
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 371
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 13–16
____ Writing Practice Test: Timed Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, p. 8
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
98
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 98
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:25 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 4 Expanding Frontiers Opener, p. 372
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical,
social, and political elements on American
literature from the post-Civil War
period to the beginning of the Modern
Era (1865–1910).
• identify the characteristics of Realism,
Naturalism, and Regionalism/
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 4 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 372A–372B
____ Unit 4 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 372C–372F
____ Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 372G–372L
____ Unit 4 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 372M–372O
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 372
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 4 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 372–373
____ Timeline: Expanding Frontiers: 1865–1910, SE/ATE, pp. 374–375
____ Historical Introduction: Expanding Frontiers: 1865–1910, SE/ATE, pp. 376–378
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 1
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 2–3
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 4, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 377
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 377
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 510
____ Unit 4, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–124
____ Media Literacy: PowerPoint, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 13–14
____ Succeeding at Work 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, p. 15
____ Unit 4, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 27–34
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 99
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
99
7/9/09 10:47:25 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 7 and 8, Assessment Guide, pp. 483–484
____ Unit 4 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 439–443
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
100
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 100
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:25 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, p. 379
Author Focus: Mark Twain, p. 380
The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County / How to Tell
a Story, p. 381
Grammar & Style Workshop: Irregular Verbs, p. 392
Directed Reading
“The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras
County”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Dialect
• Ease Factor: Selection length; humorous
style
“How to Tell a Story”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: More
information than action; some difficult
vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a tall
tale embedded within a frame tale
• understand how Regionalism influenced this
literature
• analyze and understand the use of dialect
• compare Twain’s storytelling to his
guidelines on storytelling
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, SE/ATE, p. 379
____ Author Focus: Mark Twain, SE/ATE, p. 380
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Realism and Naturalism and
Applying Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 4–5
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 381
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 382–386
____ Cultural Connection: Mark Twain on Civilization, SE/ATE, p. 385
____ Primary Source Connection: “How to Tell a Story,” SE/ATE, pp. 387–389
____ Connecting with Literature: Life in the Mining Towns, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 20
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 101
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
101
7/9/09 10:47:25 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 384
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 384
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 388
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 22–24
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 390–391
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 21
____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Irregular Verbs, SE/ATE, p. 392
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.5, Verbs, SE/ATE, pp. 1322–1324
____ Irregular Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 66–69
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 152–154
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
102
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 102
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:25 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Life on the Mississippi, p. 393
Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical
Criticism, p. 400
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; challenging vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Colorful imagery; vivid
description
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
Mark Twain’s memoir about his days as a
steamboat pilot
• analyze and understand memoir as a genre,
including the author’s use of descriptive
detail
• compare the styles Twain uses in fiction,
essay, and memoir
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 393
____ Build Vocabulary: Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 23
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 394–398
____ Geography Connection: The Mississippi River, SE/ATE, p. 396
____ Build Background: Steamboats, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 24
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 396
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 396
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 397
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 397
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 399
____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 25–26
____ Subordinating Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 121–124
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 103
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
103
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical Criticism, SE/ATE, p. 400
____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 401
____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 401
____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 401
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical Criticism, Exceeding the Standards:
Literature & Reading, pp. 10–12
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 27
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 155–157
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
104
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 104
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Outcasts of Poker Flat, p. 402
Grammar & Style Workshop: Modifiers, p. 413
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Ironic phrases
• Ease Factor: Author’s style
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about a conflict between a community
and its outcasts
• understand how Regionalism influenced the
literature
• analyze and understand character and
motivation
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 402
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 28
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 403–411
____ History Connection: The Story of Nat Love, SE/ATE, p. 406
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 404, 408
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 404, 405, 408
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 405, 410
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 406, 409
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 406, 407
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 409
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 412
____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 29
____ Prepositions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 113–115
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 105
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
105
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Modifiers, SE/ATE, p. 413
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.7, Modifiers, SE/ATE, p. 1325
____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 30
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 158–160
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
106
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 106
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Richard Cory / Miniver Cheevy, p. 414
Directed Reading
“Richard Cory”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; symbolism
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
simple language
“Miniver Cheevy”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: abab rhyme scheme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and
compare two Edwin Arlington Robinson
poems
• analyze and understand irony and allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 414
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 415–416
____ Build Background: The Romance of the Past, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 31
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 416
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 417
____ Analyze Literature: Meter and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 32
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 33
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 161–162
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 107
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
107
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
108
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 108
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
To Build a Fire / How to Build a Campfire, p. 418
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Context Clues, p. 435
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter;
style; selection length
• Ease Factor: Suspense
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
naturalistic story about a man trying to
survive in the Yukon
• understand how Naturalism influenced this
literature
• analyze and understand setting, plot, and
conflict
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 418
____ Build Vocabulary: Noun and Adverb Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 34–35
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 419–430
____ History Connection: Transportation in the Klondike, SE/ATE, p. 429
____ Informational Text Connection: “How to Build a Campfire,” SE/ATE, pp. 431–432
____ Build Background: Extreme Cold, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 36
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 420, 422, 424
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 420, 424, 428, 429
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 421, 425, 431
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 421, 425
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 422
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 423, 426
____ Informational Text Assignment: Surviving Arctic Cold, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 19–20
____ Evaluate Cause and Effect, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners,
pp. 114–137
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 109
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
109
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 433–434
____ Analyze Literature: Naturalism and Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 37–38
____ Critical Literacy: Read Jack London’s Letters, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 9
____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102
____ Expository Writing: Explain a Process, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 36–51
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Context Clues, SE/ATE, p. 435
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.1, Using Context Clues, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Context Clues, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 35–36
____ Providing Context Clues in Your Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling,
pp. 37–38
____ Time Out for Test Practice: Using Context Clues, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary &
Spelling, pp. 39–40
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 39
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 163–165
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
110
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 110
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:26 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind / A Man Said to the Universe, p. 436
Independent Reading
“Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Irony
• Ease Factor: Selection length; vocabulary;
style
“A Man Said to the Universe”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Irony
• Ease Factor: Selection length; vocabulary;
style
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
naturalistic story about a man trying to
survive in the Yukon
• understand how Naturalism influenced this
literature
• analyze and understand setting, plot, and
conflict
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 436
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 436–437
____ Art Connection: Frederic Church, SE/ATE, p. 438
____ Build Background: War and Naturalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 40
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Art Connection Study: Frederic Church and Naturalism, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 21–22
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 438
____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 41
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 111
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
111
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 42
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 166–168
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
112
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 112
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: The Native American Experience, 439
I Will Fight No More Forever / I Am the Last of My Family, p. 440
Directed Reading
“I Will Fight No More Forever”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Social and
historical context; unfamiliar names
• Ease Factor: Style; selection length
“I Am the Last of My Family”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
clearly defined conflict
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
selections of Native American oral literature
• analyze and understand the oral tradition
and a speaker’s purpose
• compare the tones and purposes of two
speeches
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: The Native American Experience, SE/ATE, p. 439
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: The Native American Experience
and Applying Part 2: The Native American Experience, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 6–7
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 440
____ Build Vocabulary: Analyzing Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 43
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 441–444
____ History Connection: Broken Promises, SE/ATE, p. 442
____ Build Background: Nez Percé and Chiricahua, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 44
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 442
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 442
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 444
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 444
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 113
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
113
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
____
____
Comparing Literature Activity: Native American Expression, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 23
Determine Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners,
pp. 138–145
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 445
____ Analyze Literature: Techniques for Creating Mood and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 4,
pp. 45–46
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 47
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 169–171
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
114
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 114
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Black Elk Speaks, p. 446
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter;
historical and cultural context; style
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary; simple sentences
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
Native American narrative
• understand how the historical context
impacted this literature
• analyze and understand narrative and
Magical Realism
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 446
____ Build Vocabulary: Words with Related Meanings, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 48
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 447–454
____ Art Connection: Kicking Bear, SE/ATE, p. 450
____ Cultural Connection: Moon Names, SE/ATE, p. 453
____ Build Background: Lakota Culture, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 49
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 448, 451, 454
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 448, 449, 451
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 448
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 450
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 450, 453
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 455–456
____ Analyze Literature: Metaphoric Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 45–50
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 51
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 172–174
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 115
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
115
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
116
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 116
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:27 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
I Tried to Be Like My Mother, p. 457
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Length; language;
conversational tone; plot
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 457
____ Build Background: Native American Childhood, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 52
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 457–458
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 458
____ Analyze Literature: Memoir and Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 53
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 54
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 175–177
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 117
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
117
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: Struggling for Equality, p. 459
Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech, p. 460
Keeping the Thing Going While Things Are Stirring / Ain’t I a
Woman? p. 462
Directed Reading
“Keeping the Thing Going While Things Are
Stirring”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Historical
context; more information than action
• Ease Factor: Conversational tone;
sympathetic speaker; clearly defined conflict
“Ain’t I a Woman?”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Colloquialisms
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
advocacy speech
• understand how the historical context
influenced this literature
• analyze and understand style and dialect in a
speech
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 3: Struggling for Equality, SE/ATE, p. 459
____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech, SE/ATE, pp. 460–461
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Struggling for Equality and
Applying Part 3: Struggling for Equality, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 8–9
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech and Applying
Literary Forms: The Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 10–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 462
____ Build Background: Political Changes of the 1860s, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 55
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 463–464
____ Literature Connection: “Ain’t I a Woman?” SE/ATE, p. 465
____ History Connection: Ida B. Wells, SE/ATE, p. 466
118
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 118
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 464
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 464, 465
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 465
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 467–468
____ Analyze Literature: Metaphors and Similes, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 56
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 57
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 178–180
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 119
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
119
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Destructive Male / Woman’s Right to Suffrage / Letter to Elizabeth
Cady Stanton, p. 469
Directed Reading
“The Destructive Male”
• Reading Level: Moderate to challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
background information needed; formal
style; no action
• Ease Factor: Length
“Woman’s Right to Suffrage”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Ideas
• Ease Factor: Length
“Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton”
• Reading Level: Easy to moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and
compare two advocacy speeches
• analyze and understand argument and
rhetoric
• compare and contrast two speeches on
women’s suffrage
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 469
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 58
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 470–474
____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton,” SE/ATE, pp. 475–476
____ Build Background: The Woman’s Suffrage Movement, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 59
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 472, 475
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 472
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 473
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 474
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 476
____ Primary Source Connection: The Struggle for the Right to Vote, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 24
120
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 120
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 476–477
____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 60
____ Coordinating and Correlative Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 116–120
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 61
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 181–183
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 121
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
121
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Emancipation of Women, p. 478
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; formal style;
more description than action; complex
relationships between the sexes; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Some short paragraphs
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions.
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 478
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 478–480
____ Build Background: Women’s Rights Around the World, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 62
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 480
____ Analyze Literature: Argument, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 63
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 64
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 184–185
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
122
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 122
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:28 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Story of an Hour, p. 481
Grammar & Style Workshop: Verbal Phrases, p. 487
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Passages of
psychoanalysis
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
Regionalist short story
• understand how gender roles of the time
period influenced the literature
• analyze and understand the use of irony and
reversal
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 481
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 482–484
____ Art Connection: John Singer Sargent, SE/ATE, p. 483
____ Build Background: The Works of Kate Chopin, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 65–66
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 483, 484
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 483, 484
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Set Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 25–27
____ Sequence of Events, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 146–153
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 485–486
____ Analyze Literature: Plot and Protagonist, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 67–68
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 123
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
123
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Verbal Phrases, SE/ATE, p. 16
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.10, Phrases, SE/ATE, p. 1327
____ Verbals, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 70–72
____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 69
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 186–188
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
124
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 124
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Songs of Gold Mountain, p. 488
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy to moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic main
character
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate four
short poems with similar content
• analyze and understand speaker and allusion
• compare the themes of four poems about
similar experiences
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 488
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 70
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 489–490
____ Build Background: Chinese Americans in California, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 71
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 490
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 490
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 491
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 72
____ Collaborative Learning: Investigate Immigration in the West, Exceeding the Standards:
Extension Activities, p. 10
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 73
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 189–190
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 125
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
125
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
126
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 126
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
We Wear the Mask, p. 492
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Syntax
• Ease Factor: Selection length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
• understand how the post–Civil War period
affected this literature
• analyze and understand speaker and
metaphor
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 492
____ Build Vocabulary: Using Synonyms for Precise Connotations, Meeting the Standards
Unit 4, p. 74
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 493
____ Connecting with Literature: The Meaning of Masks, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 75
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 493
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 28–30
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 494
____ Analyze Literature: Alliteration, Assonance, Consonance, Meeting the Standards Unit 4,
pp. 76–77
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 78
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 191–192
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 127
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
127
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
128
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 128
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Up from Slavery, p. 495
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
clear purpose and theme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 495
____ Build Background: Booker T. Washington, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 79
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 495–496
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 496
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 80–81
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 82
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 193–194
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 129
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
129
7/9/09 10:47:29 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The Souls of Black Folk, p. 497
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; formal style;
vocabulary; length
• Ease Factor: Compelling story
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 497
____ Build Vocabulary: Abstract Nouns Made with -tion and -ment, Meeting the Standards
Unit 4, p. 83
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 497–507
____ History Connection: Jim Crow Laws, SE/ATE, p. 500
____ History Connection: Elizabeth Freeman, SE/ATE, p. 505
____ Build Background: W. E. B. Du Bois, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 84
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 499, 501, 502
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 499, 501
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 500, 503
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 503
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 504, 506
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 507
____ Analyze Literature: Parallel Structure and Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 85–86
____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102
130
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 130
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:30 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 87
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 195–197
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 131
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
131
7/9/09 10:47:30 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Booker T. and W. E. B., p. 508
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; background information needed
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; rhyme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 508
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 508–509
____ Build Background: The Civil Rights Struggle, 1865–1900, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 88
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 509
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 89
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 90
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 198–199
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
132
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 132
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:30 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills, p. 511
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• explain differences between active and
passive listening
• explain how both speaker and audience
benefit when listeners are respectful and
attentive
• focus on what a speaker has to say
• show interest in what another person says in
a conversation
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills, SE/ATE, p. 511
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.3, Collaborative Learning and Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1354
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE,
pp. 1354–1355
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Use Active Listening Skills, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 11–13
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 133
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
133
7/9/09 10:47:30 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile, p. 512
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write an introduction that presents a person
in an intriguing way
• write a literary response essay that has a clear
thesis statement
• organize a body that develops a detailed
account of one aspect of a person’s life
• create a conclusion that gives the account
closure
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile, SE/ATE, pp. 512–513
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 513
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Expository Writing: Explain a Process, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 36–51
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
134
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 134
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:30 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 514
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
• write an effective introduction for an essay
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• identify motifs
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Identify Motifs, SE/ATE, pp. 514–515
____ Writing Skills: Write a Good Introduction, SE/ATE, p. 516
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 517
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 13–16
____ SAT Practice Test: Critical Reading and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice,
pp. 9–12
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 135
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4
135
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 5 Early Twentieth Century Opener, p. 518
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
early twentieth century (1910–1929)
• identify the characteristics of Modernism,
Regionalism, and the Harlem Renaissance
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 5 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 518A–518B
____ Unit 5 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 518C–518G
____ Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 518G–518P
____ Unit 5 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 518Q–518T
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 518
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 5 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 518–519
____ Timeline: Early Twentieth Century: 1910–1929, SE/ATE, pp. 520–521
____ Historical Introduction: Early Twentieth Century: 1910–1929, SE/ATE, pp. 522–524
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 1
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, pp. 2–3
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 523
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 523
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 674
____ Unit 5, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–160
____ Media Literacy: Advanced PowerPoint and Working with Media, Exceeding the Standards:
Special Topics, pp. 16–17
____ Succeeding at Work 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 18–19
____ Unit 5, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 35–40
136
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 136
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 9 and 10, Assessment Guide, pp. 485–486
____ Unit 5 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 444–448
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 137
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
137
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Modernism, p. 525
Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel, p. 526
from The Great Gatsby, p. 528
Grammar & Style Workshop: Subordination, p. 537
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Some difficult
vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; conversational tone
and style
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
chapter from a novel
• understand the ways in which the novel
depicts the Jazz Age
• analyze and understand the narrator and
describe the setting
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Modernism, SE/ATE, p. 525
____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel, SE/ATE, pp. 526–527
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Modernism and Applying Part
1: Modernism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 4–5
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel and
Applying Literary Forms: The Novel, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 6–8
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 528
____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes -ity and -ous, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 19–21
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 529–535
____ History Connection: The Prohibition Era, SE/ATE, p. 533
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 530
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 531
138
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 138
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
____
____
____
Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 531
Enrichment, ATE, p. 532
Form Focus Study: Exposition Techniques, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students,
pp. 25–26
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 536
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 21–22
____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129
____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Subordination, SE/ATE, p. 537
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319
____ Subordinating Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 121–124
____ Phrases and Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 133–134
____ Adjective and Adverb Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 149–154
____ Noun Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 155–157
____ The Clauses of a Sentence: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex,
Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 158–160
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 23
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 200–202
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 139
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
139
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway, p. 538
from The Sun Also Rises / from For Whom the Bell Tolls / The Artist’s
Reward, p. 539
Grammar & Style Workshop: Coordination, p. 555
Directed Reading
from The Sun Also Rises
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Some long
paragraphs; background information
needed; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Interesting conflict
from For Whom the Bell Tolls
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; unfamiliar Spanish
terms and names
• Ease Factor: Short paragraph; strong
conflict
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 4 days
• Block Schedule: 2 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
novel excerpts
• analyze and understand plot and motivation.
• identify common themes and styles in
Hemingway’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway, SE/ATE, p. 538
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 539
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin and Greek Roots of Modern Words, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, p. 24
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 540–550
____ Cultural Connection: Bullfighting, SE/ATE, p. 543
____ Literary Connection: Hemingway’s Titles, SE/ATE, p. 544
____ Art Connection: Pablo Picasso, SE/ATE, p. 548
____ Literature Connection: “The Artist’s Reward,” SE/ATE, p. 551
____ Literary Connection: The Fitzgerald/Hemingway Relationship, SE/ATE, p. 552
____ Build Background: Fascism, Socialism, and Communism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 25
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 542, 549
140
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 140
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
____
____
____
____
English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 542, 551
Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 544
Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 544
Enrichment, ATE, p. 549
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 553–554
____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 26
____ Lifelong Learning: Research on the Internet, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 11
____ Adjective and Adverb Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 149–154
____ Prepositional Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 135–137
____ Noun Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 155–157
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Coordination, SE/ATE, p. 555
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319
____ Coordinating and Correlative Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 116–120
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 27
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 203–205
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 141
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
141
7/9/09 10:47:31 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
In a Station of the Metro / The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter / A Few
Don’ts by an Imagiste, p. 556
Directed Reading
“In a Station of the Metro”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concept
• Ease Factor: Selection length
“The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; unfamiliar names;
abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Prose-like syntax; sympathetic
main character
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems
• understand the influence of Imagism on
the poems
• analyze and understand imagery
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 556
____ Build Vocabulary: Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 28
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 557–559
____ Literature Connection: “A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste,” SE/ATE, pp. 560–561
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 558
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 559
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 561
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 562
____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 29
142
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 142
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 30
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 206–207
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 143
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
143
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Petals / Mid-Day, p. 563
Directed Reading
“Petals”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Extended
metaphor; run-on lines; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
“Mid-Day”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; confusing title
• Ease Factor: Short line; simple vocabulary
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems
• analyze and understand speaker and mood
• compare and contrast the two poems and
their use of natural imagery
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 563
____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs and Participles, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 31
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 564–565
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 565
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 566–567
____ Analyze Literature: Extended Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 32
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 33
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 208–209
144
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 144
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 145
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
145
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: William Carlos Williams, p. 568
The Red Wheelbarrow / This Is Just to Say / The Dance, p. 569
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Semantic Families, p. 574
Directed Reading
“The Red Wheelbarrow”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
“This is Just to Say”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic
“The Dance”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter;
poetic conventions
• Ease Factor: Repetition of words and
phrases
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate three
lyric poems
• understand the influence of Imagism on the
poems
• analyze and understand imagery, rhythm,
and meter
• identify common themes and styles in
Williams’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: William Carlos Williams, SE/ATE, p. 568
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 569
____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 34–35
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 570–572
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 572
146
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 146
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 573
____ Analyze Literature: Stanza and Line, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 36–37
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Semantic Families, SE/ATE, p. 574
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.4, Understanding Multiple Meanings, SE/ATE, p. 1314
____ Semantic Families, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 70–71
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 38
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 210–211
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 147
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
147
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock, p. 575
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Elliptical, allusive
style
• Ease Factor: Selection length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
revolutionary poetic look at early-twentiethcentury middle-class attitudes and values
• analyze and understand dramatic monologue
and allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 575
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 39–40
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 576–580
____ Analyze Literature: Stream of Consciousness, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 41
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 577
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 577
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 579
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 579
____ Literary Criticism: Responding to a Poem, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 27
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 31–33
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 581
____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor and Simile, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 42
148
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 148
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:32 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 43
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 212–214
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 149
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
149
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, p. 582
Poetry / Ars Poetica, p. 584
Directed Reading
“Poetry”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Style; vocabulary;
poetic conventions
• Ease Factor: Short stanzas
“Ars Poetica”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Style
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems
• analyze and understand theme and stanza
• compare and contrast the poems
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 582–583
____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 583
____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 583
____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 583
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, Exceeding the Standards:
Literature & Reading, pp. 13–15
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 584
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 44–45
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 585–587
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 586
150
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 150
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 588
____ Analyze Literature: Repetition and Parallelism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 46
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 47
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 215–216
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 151
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
151
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Ars Poetica, p. 589
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Simile; abstract
concepts
• Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 589
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 589
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 590
____ Analyze Literature: Creationism and Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 48–49
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 50
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 217–219
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
152
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 152
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
somewhere i have never travelled,gladly beyond, p. 591
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional
punctuation
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 591
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 51
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 591
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 592
____ Analyze Literature: Syntax and Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 52–53
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 54
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 220–222
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 153
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
153
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Anecdote of the Jar, p. 593
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 593
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 593
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 594
____ Build Background: Romantic and Modern Notions of Nature, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, p. 55
____ Analyze Literature: Symbol and Sound, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 56
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 57
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 223–225
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
154
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 154
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:33 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: The Common Life, p. 595
A Wagner Matinee, p. 596
Grammar & Style Workshop: Appositives, p. 606
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: References to
narrator’s youth
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about the visit an aunt pays to her
nephew in Boston
• analyze and understand narrator, point of
view, and characterization
• understand the influence of Regionalism on
Cather’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: The Common Life, SE/ATE, p. 595
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: The Common Life and
Applying Part 2: The Common Life, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 9–10
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 596
____ Build Vocabulary: Words from Music, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 58–59
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 597–603
____ History Connection: The Homestead Act, SE/ATE, p. 599
____ Build Background: Homesteading, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 60
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 598
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 599
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 600
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 602
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 34–36
____ Compare and Contrast, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 154–166
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 155
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
155
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 604–605
____ Analyze Literature: Flashback, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 61–62
____ Phrases and Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 133–134
____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144
____ Expository Writing: Write an Essay Test Response, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 52–66
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Appositives, SE/ATE, p. 606
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.3, Nouns, SE/ATE, p. 1320
____ Appositives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 103–105
____ Appositive Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 145–148
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 63
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 226–228
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
156
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 156
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Lucinda Matlock / Petit, the Poet, p. 607
Directed Reading
“Lucinda Matlock”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Distinction
between speaker and poet
• Ease Factor: Length; style; topic
“Petit, the Poet”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Imagery; repetition
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
dramatic poems
• analyze and understand free verse and tone
• identify common themes and style in
Masters’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 607
____ Build Vocabulary: Using Antonyms to Help Define a Concept, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, p. 64
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 608–610
____ Art Connection: Grant Wood, SE/ATE, p. 609
____ Build Background: Spoon River Anthology, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 65
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 608
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 609
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 611
____ Analyze Literature: Dramatic Poem, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 66
____ Collaborative Learning: Interpret a Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities,
pp. 12–13
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 157
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
157
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 67
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 229–230
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
158
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 158
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Robert Frost, p. 612
Birches / from Robert Frost: A Life / Mending Wall / The Death of the
Hired Man, p. 613
Directed Reading
“Birches”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Poetic language
• Ease Factor: Tone; length
from Robert Frost: A Life
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Child’s spelling
and punctuation; more information than
action
• Ease Factor: Length
“Mending Wall”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Inverted
sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
“The Death of the Hired Man”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; sympathetic main
character; conversational tone
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate three
poems by Frost
• analyze and understand meter and symbol
• identify common themes and styles in
Frost’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Robert Frost, SE/ATE, p. 612
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 613
____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs Used to Characterize, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 68–69
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 614–615, 618–624
____ Primary Source Connection: from Robert Frost: A Life, SE/ATE, pp. 616–617
____ Literary Connection: The Pulitzer Prize, SE/ATE, p. 617
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 159
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
159
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 615, 618
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 616
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 618
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 622
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 622
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 625–626
____ Analyze Literature: Theme and Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 70–71
____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 72
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 231–233
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
160
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 160
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:34 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Chicago / The Architecture of Chicago / Grass, p. 627
Directed Reading
“Chicago”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Similes;
importance of title
• Ease Factor: Length
“The Architecture of Chicago”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: None
• Ease Factor: Formatting aids; heads, section
breaks; maps; simple language
“Grass”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Antiwar message;
personification
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems by Sandburg
• analyze and understand sensory details and
parallelism
• identify common themes and styles in
Sandburg’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 627
____ Build Background: Chicago History, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 73–74
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 628–629, 635
____ Informational Text Connection: The Architecture of Chicago, SE/ATE, pp. 630–634
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 629
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 635
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 636
____ Analyze Literature: Apostrophe and Personification, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 75
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 76
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 234–235
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 161
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
161
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
162
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 162
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Sonnet XXX / from A Few Figs from Thistles, p. 637
Independent Reading
“Sonnet XXX”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Sonnet format;
shift in time
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 637
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 637–638
____ Build Background: The Sonnet, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 77
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 638
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 78
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 79
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 236–238
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 163
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
163
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: Harlem Renaissance, p. 639
Author Focus: Langston Hughes, p. 640
The Negro Speaks of Rivers / I, Too, Sing America / from The Big Sea, p. 641
Directed Reading
“The Negro Speaks of Rivers”
• Reading Level: Moderate to easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Names of rivers;
historical context
• Ease Factor: Length; simple language
“I, Too, Sing America”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Historical context
• Ease Factor: Length; simple language
from The Big Sea
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar
celebrity names; background information
needed
• Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems by Hughes
• analyze and understand speaker and tone
• identify common themes and styles in
Hughes’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 3: The Harlem Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 639
____ Author Focus: Langston Hughes, SE/ATE, p. 640
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Harlem Renaissance and
Applying Part 3: The Harlem Renaissance, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 11–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 641
____ Build Background: Rivers and Civilization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 80
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 642–644
____ Primary Source Connection: from The Big Sea, SE/ATE, pp. 645–646
164
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 164
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 643, 645
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 644
____ Primary Source Project: Langston Hughes: In His Own Words, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 28
____ Identify Multiple Levels of Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners,
pp. 167–173
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 647
____ Analyze Literature: Symbolism and Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 81–82
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 83
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 239–240
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 165
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
165
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
America / A Black Man Talks of Reaping, p. 648
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Synonyms and Antonyms, p. 653
Directed Reading
“America”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Extended
metaphor; extension of ideas from one line
to next
• Ease Factor: Length
“A Black Man Talks of Reaping”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Interpretation of
last stanza
• Ease Factor: Length; language
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
sonnet and a lyric poem
• understand the influence of the Harlem
Renaissance
• analyze and understand sonnet and allegory
• compare and contrast two poems
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 648
____ Build Vocabulary: Terms for Poetic Form and Sound, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 84
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 649–650
____ Art Connection: William H. Johnson, SE/ATE, p. 651
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 650
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 652
____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 85–86
166
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 166
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Synonyms and Antonyms, SE/ATE, p. 653
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Synonyms and Antonyms, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 68–69
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 87
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 241–243
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 167
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
167
7/9/09 10:47:35 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson, p. 654
My City / Go Down, Death / from Black Manhattan, p. 655
Directed Reading
“My City”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Tribute to
Manhattan
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
“Go Down, Death”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Personification
• Ease Factor: Repetition; sympathetic main
character; prose-like syntax; familiar theme;
simple language; easy-to-follow narrative
from Black Manhattan
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Difficult
vocabulary; more description than action;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
poems by James Weldon Johnson
• analyze and understand alliteration and
repetition
• identify common themes and styles in
Johnson’s writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson, SE/ATE, p. 654
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 655
____ Build Vocabulary: Using Context and Word Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 88
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 656–658
____ Primary Source Connection, SE/ATE, pp. 659–661
____ Cultural Connection: Music, Theater, and Art of the Harlem Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 660
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 657
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 658
168
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 168
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 662–663
____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Personification, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 89–90
____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 91
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 244–245
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 169
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
169
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Any Human to Another, p. 664
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Personified
emotions
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 664
____ Build Vocabulary: Associations of Word Clusters, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 92
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 664
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 665
____ Analyze Literature: Title, Form, Imagery, and Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, pp. 93–94
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 95
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 246–248
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
170
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 170
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Storm Ending, p. 666
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
language
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 666
____ Build Background: Jean Toomer and the Harlem Renaissance, Meeting the Standards
Unit 5, p. 96
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 666
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 667
____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language and Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 5,
pp. 97–98
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 99
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 249–250
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 171
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
171
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Dust Tracks on a Road, p. 668
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Dialect;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Humor; simple language and
plot; young person’s point of view
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 668
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 668–673
____ Analyze Literature: Dialect and Slang, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 100
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 670
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 671
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 672
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 672
____ Narrative Writing Assignment: A Story of Oneself, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 29
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 673
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 101
____ The Clauses of a Sentence: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex,
Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 158–160
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 102
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 251–253
172
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 172
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 173
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
173
7/9/09 10:47:36 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids, p. 675
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• create and use visual aids that are suitable
to the topic, help convey the content, and
capture listeners’ attention
• create and use visual aids that are legible and
easy to understand
• create and use visual aids that can be seen by
all audience members
• create and use visual aids that do not distract
form the speaker’s delivery, are in good
working order, and handled skillfully
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids, SE/ATE, p. 675
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation,
SE/ATE, p. 1359
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Use Visual Aids, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 14–16
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
174
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 174
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:37 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application
Essay, p. 676
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
• prepare a body in which details clarify the
topic
• bring the essay to a conclusion that
reinforces the thesis
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write a college application in which the
introduction identifies the assigned topic
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application Essay, SE/ATE, pp. 676–681
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 678
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 678
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Expository Writing: Write an Essay Test Response, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 52–66
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 175
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
175
7/9/09 10:47:37 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 682
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
• provide support for their point of view
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• evaluate cause and effect
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Evaluate Cause and Effect, SE/ATE, pp. 682–683
____ Writing Skills: Provide Support for Your Point of View, SE/ATE, p. 684
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 685
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 13–16
____ ACT Practice Test: English, Reading, and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice,
pp. 13–15
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
176
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 176
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:37 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 6 Depression and World War II Opener, p. 686
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
• identify the characteristics of literature
created during two national crises and of
literature emerging from the South in the
same period
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
Depression and World War II (1929–1945)
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 6 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 686A–686B
____ Unit 6 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 686C–686E
____ Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 686E–686J
____ Unit 6 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 686I–686L
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 686
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 6 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 686–687
____ Timeline: Depression and World War II: 1929–1945, SE/ATE, pp. 688–689
____ Historical Introduction: Depression and World War II: 1929–1945, SE/ATE, pp. 690–692
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 1
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 6, pp. 2–4
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 6, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 690
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 691
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 691
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 818
____ Unit 6, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 161–197
____ Media Literacy: Web Development, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 20–21
____ Successful Lifelong Learning 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 22
____ Unit 6, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 41–48
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 177
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
177
7/9/09 10:47:37 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 11 and 12, Assessment Guide, pp. 487–488
____ Unit 6 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 449–453
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
178
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 178
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:37 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Hard Times, p. 693
from Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, p. 694
Grammar & Style Workshop: Precise Language, p. 701
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Long sentences;
figurative language; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Subject matter
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
selection from Let Us Now Praise Famous
Men, by James Agee and Walker Evans
• understand the impact of the Depression
on this work
• understand and analyze description
and mood
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Hard Times, SE/ATE, p. 693
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Hard Times and Applying
Part 1: Hard Times, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 5–6
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 694
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 695–699
____ Build Background: Sharecropping, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 20
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 696
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 696
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 697
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 699
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 179
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
179
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 700
____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 21
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Precise Language, SE/ATE, p. 701
____ Making Your Language Precise and Colorful, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 243–245
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 254–256
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
180
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 180
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: John Steinbeck, p. 702
from The Grapes of Wrath / Letter to Elizabeth Otis /
The Chrysanthemums, p. 703
Directed Reading
from The Grapes of Wrath
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Dialect;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Informal tone; sympathetic
characters; dialogue
“Letter to Elizabeth Otis”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Length; straightforward
language; clear purpose and theme
“The Chrysanthemums”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
excerpt from Steinbeck’s Grapes of Wrath,
and his short story “The Chrysanthemums”
• identify common themes and style in
Steinbeck’s writing
• analyze and understand dialogue and setting
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: John Steinbeck, SE/ATE, p. 702
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 703
____ Build Vocabulary: Homonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 23
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 704–707, 710–719
____ Literary Connection: Dramatizations of The Grapes of Wrath, SE/ATE, p. 706
____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Elizabeth Otis,” SE/ATE, pp. 708–709
____ Literary Connection: Meridel LeSueur, SE/ATE, p. 714
____ Music Connection: The Swing Era, SE/ATE, p. 718
____ Build Background: The Dust Bowl, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 24
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 181
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
181
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 704, 716
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 708, 712
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 713
____ Drama Connection Activity: A Story in Different Forms, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, p. 30
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 720–721
____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 25
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 26
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 257–259
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
182
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 182
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Date Which Will Live in Infamy / from No Ordinary Time, p. 723
Directed Reading
“A Date Which Will Live in Infamy”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Formal style
• Ease Factor: Familiar, clearly defined topic;
clear purpose
from No Ordinary Time
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on World War II and U.S.
patriotism; formal style
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; familiar setting
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
Franklin Roosevelt’s address “A Date Which
Will Live in Infamy”
• understand the historic context of the speech
• analyze and understand purpose and
repetition
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 722
____ Build Vocabulary: Base Words and Derivatives, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 27
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 723–724
____ Literature Connection: from No Ordinary Time, SE/ATE, pp. 725–727
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 724, 726
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 726
____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 174–180
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 728
____ Analyze Literature: Argument, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 28–29
____ Narrative Writing: Summarize a Historical Event, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 67–81
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 183
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
183
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 30
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 260–262
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
184
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 184
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:38 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner / World War II Recruitment
Posters, p. 729
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar
setting
• Ease Factor: Length; author’s style
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
from the perspective of a gunner killed while
operating a turret
• understand the work as a reflection of the
World War II era
• analyze and understand extended metaphor
and imagery
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Jarrell’s
“The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner,” told
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 729
____ Build Background: Working Women, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 31
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 730
____ Informational Text Connection: World War II Posters, SE/ATE, pp. 731–733
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 732
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 37–39
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 734
____ Analyze Literature: Connotations and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 32–33
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 185
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
185
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 34
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 263–264
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
186
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 186
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Noiseless Flash, from Hiroshima, p. 735
Grammar & Style Workshop: Active and Passive Voice, p. 751
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Chronology
• Ease Factor: Vivid images
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
describing the experience of the bomb on
six survivors.
• understand the historical context of this
work of literary nonfiction.
• analyze and understand point of view
and irony.
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate
“A Noiseless Flash,” from Hiroshima,
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 735
____ Build Vocabulary: Greek and Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 35–36
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 736–747
____ History Connection: The U.S.S. Indianapolis, SE/ATE, p. 748
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 737
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 738
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 742
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 749–750
____ Analyze Literature: Purpose and Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 37–38
____ Commas, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 194–197
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 187
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
187
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Active and Passive Voice, SE/ATE, p. 751
____ Passive Voice and Active Voice, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 63–65
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 39
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 265–268
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
188
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 188
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Watch, p. 752
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Jewish names
and terms; background information on
Holocaust; personification
• Ease Factor: Some descriptive paragraphs;
sympathetic main character
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the work
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 752
____ Build Vocabulary: Using Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 40
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 752–756
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 754
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 756
____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 41–42
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 43
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 269–272
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 189
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
189
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
190
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 190
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Southern Renaissance, p. 757
Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story, p. 758
The Jilting of Granny Weatherall, p. 760
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Stream-ofconsciousness style
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
short story
• identify the elements of the Southern Gothic
tradition in the work
• analyze and understand point of view and
stream-of-consciousness writing
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Southern Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 757
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Southern Renaissance and
Applying Part 2: Southern Renaissance, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 7–8
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story
and Applying Literary Forms: The Short Story, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 9–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 760
____ Build Vocabulary: Words in Context for Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 44
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 761–768
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 762, 764
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 762, 764
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 766
____ Form Focus Study: Stream-of-Consciousness Writing, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, pp. 31–32
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 40–42
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 191
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
191
7/9/09 10:47:39 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 769
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 45–46
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 47
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 273–275
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
192
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 192
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: William Faulkner, p. 770
A Rose for Emily / Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech / Darl, from As I Lay
Dying, p. 780
Grammar & Style Workshop: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns, p. 788
Directed Reading
“A Rose for Emily”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic
events; vocabulary; flashbacks; irony;
complex relationships between characters;
shifts in time
• Ease Factor: Compelling narrative and
conclusion
“Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
“Darl” from As I Lay Dying
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
multiple points of view
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 4 days
• Block Schedule: 2 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
works by Faulkner: the story of a lonely
woman whose apparently desperate act
signifies the decline of Southern class
consciousness, and an excerpt from a novel
told from the perspective of one of its
narrators
• identify common themes and styles in
Faulkner’s writing
• understand Faulkner’s work as an example
of Southern Renaissance literature
• analyze and understand setting and conflict
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Author Focus: William Faulkner, SE/ATE, p. 770
____ Author Focus: William Faulkner, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 16–17
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 771
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analysis, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 48
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 772–779, 782–785
____ Art Connection: Georgia O’Keeffe, SE/ATE, p. 777
____ Literature Connection: “Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech,” SE/ATE, pp. 780–781
____ Literary Connection: The Nobel Prize, SE/ATE, p. 781
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 193
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
193
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 774
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 775
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 780
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 784
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 786–787
____ Analyze Literature: Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 49–50
____ Critical Literacy: Interview the Author, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 14
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns, SE/ATE, p. 788
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.3, Nouns, SE/ATE, p. 1320
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.4, Pronouns, SE/ATE, pp. 1321–1322
____ Possessive and Collective Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 22–26
____ Pronoun Cases: The Nominative Case, the Objective Case, and the Possessive Case, Exceeding
the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 34–38
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 51
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 276–278
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
194
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 194
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Son, p. 789
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar
names, terms; irony of situation; dramatic
conclusion; foreshadowing
• Ease Factor: Suspense; dialogue;
sympathetic character
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 789
____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs and the Suffix -ion, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 52
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 789–793
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 791
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 792
____ Literature of the Americas Study: Comparing “The Son” and Poe’s “The Tell-Tale Heart,”
Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 33
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 793
____ Analyze Literature: Plot Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 53
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 54
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 279–281
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 195
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
195
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
196
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 196
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Worn Path / Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead? p. 794
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Contractions, p. 807
Directed Reading
“A Worn Path”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Dialect;
chronology
• Ease Factor: Length
“Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really
Dead?”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Challenging
sentence structure; style
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story by Eudora Welty
• identify the selection as Southern
Renaissance fiction
• analyze and understand character and
archetype
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 794
____ Build Vocabulary: Meaning from Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 55
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 795–801
____ Primary Source Connection: “Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead?”
SE/ATE, pp. 802–804
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 796
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 799
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 803
____ Primary Source Project: The Natchez Trace, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 34
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 197
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
197
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 805–806
____ Analyze Literature: Symbols, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 56–57
____ Media Literacy: Research the Author, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 15–16
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Contractions, SE/ATE, p. 807
____ Contractions, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 43–44
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 58
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 282–284
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
198
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 198
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:40 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Portrait of a Girl in Glass, p. 808
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Colloquial Language, p. 817
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information on the drama The Glass
Menagerie; complex relations between
characters; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 808
____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 59
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 808–816
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 810
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 813
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 814
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 816
____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 60–61
____ End Marks, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 188–193
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Colloquial Language, SE/ATE, p. 817
____ Colloquial Language, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 62–63
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 199
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
199
7/9/09 10:47:41 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 62
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 285–287
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 199–200
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
200
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 200
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:41 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-To Presentation, p. 819
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• deliver a how-to presentation that contains a
topic of interest to listeners
• deliver a how-to presentation that avoids
complicated steps and dangerous equipment
• deliver a how-to presentation that is
organized into logical steps
• deliver a how-to presentation by handling
notes and visual aids effectively
• deliver a how-to presentation by arranging
the setting appropriately
• deliver a how-to presentation by monitoring
audience’s grasp of the material
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-to Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 819
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1353
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE,
pp. 1354–1355
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation,
SE/ATE, p. 1359
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 819
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Deliver a How-To Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 17–18
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 201
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
201
7/9/09 10:47:41 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Expository Writing: Create a Multimedia
Presentation, p. 820
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• deliver a multimedia presentation
• prepare an intriguing introduction
presenting the topic
• create a body providing information and
building interest
• provide a conclusion bringing the
presentation to a satisfying close
• draft, revise, and proofread their multimedia
presentation
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Expository Writing—Create a Multimedia Presentation, SE/ATE,
pp. 820–821
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Narrative Writing: Summarize a Historical Event, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 67–81
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
202
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 202
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:41 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 822
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• compare and contrast characters in a
literary work
• prewrite, write, and revise a reflective essay
in response to a prompt
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Compare and Contrast Characters, SE/ATE, pp. 822–823
____ Writing Skills: Address Alternate Viewpoints, SE/ATE, p. 824
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 825
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 6,
pp. 13–16
____ English Grammar Practice Test: Revising and Editing, Exceeding the Standards: Test
Practice, pp. 16–17
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 203
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6
203
7/9/09 10:47:41 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 7 Postwar Era Opener, p. 826
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
postwar era (1945–1960)
• understand themes of conflict and
conformity and identify the characteristics
of the Beat movement
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 7 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 826A–826B
____ Unit 7 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 826C–826F
____ Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 826E–826J
____ Unit 7 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 826K–826N
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 826
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 7 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 826–827
____ Timeline: Postwar Era: 1945–1960, SE/ATE, pp. 828–829
____ Historical Introduction: Postwar Era: 1945–1960, SE/ATE, pp. 830–832
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 1
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 2–3
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 831
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 831
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1008
____ Unit 7, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 198–227
____ Media Literacy: Website Communication, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 23–25
____ Successful Lifelong Learning 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 25–26
____ Unit 7, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 49–59
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 13 and 14, Assessment Guide, pp. 489–490
____ Unit 7 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 454–458
204
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 204
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 205
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
205
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Real Life, p. 833
The Life You Save May Be Your Own, p. 834
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Dialect
• Ease Factor: Style
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about good and evil
• understand the influence of Southern Gothic
on this literature
• analyze and understand characterization
and dialect
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Real Life, SE/ATE, p. 833
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Real Life and Applying Part 1: Real Life,
Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 4–5
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 834
____ Build Vocabulary: Context and Part of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 19–20
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 835–843
____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 21–23
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 836
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 838
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 838
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 840
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 43–45
206
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 206
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 844–845
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 23
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 288–290
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 207
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
207
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Magic Barrel, p. 846
Grammar & Style Workshop: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics, p. 861
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
footnotes
• Ease Factor: Vivid images
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about a marriage broker
• understand how attitudes about marriage
during the postwar era might have
influenced the story
• analyze and understand motivation and
antihero
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 846
____ Build Vocabulary: Suffix -ly and Adjective-Adverb Use, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 24
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 847–843
____ Art Connection: Marc Chagall, SE/ATE, p. 849
____ Build Background: Matchmakers, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 25
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 848, 858
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 849
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 850
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 851, 852, 856
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 852
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 860
____ Analyze Literature: Dialect, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 26
____ Ellipsis Points and Italics, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 205–209
208
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 208
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics, SE/ATE, p. 861
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334
____ Ellipsis Points and Italics, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 205–209
____ Hyphens and Dashes, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 215–218
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 27
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 291–293
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 209
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
209
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Elegy for Jane, p. 863
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar
subject
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
elegy in which the speaker describes a
student who has died
• understand how ideas of loss in the postwar
era may have influenced the literature
• analyze and understand elegy and imagery
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 862
____ Build Vocabulary: Homonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 28
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 863
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 864
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 29
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 30
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 294–295
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
210
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 210
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:42 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
One Art, p. 865
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
villanelle about loss
• understand how ideas about loss in the
postwar era may have influenced the
literature
• analyze and understand tone and rhyme
scheme
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 865
____ Build Vocabulary: Eponyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 31
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 866
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 867
____ Analyze Literature: Meter, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 32
____ Lifelong Learning: Make a Villanelle Collection, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 17
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 33
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 296–297
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 211
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
211
7/9/09 10:47:43 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
212
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 212
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:43 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Farewell to a Traveler, p. 868
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; background information; more
description than action
• Ease Factor: Repetition
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 868
____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes de-, en-/em-, pro-, re-, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 34
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 868–870
____ Build Background: Nobel Prize for Literature, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 35
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Literature of the Americas Project: Gabriela Mistral and Pablo Neruda, Differentiated
Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 35
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 870
____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 36
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 37
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 298–299
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 213
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
213
7/9/09 10:47:43 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
214
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 214
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:43 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Once More to the Lake, p. 871
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; dual
personality
• Ease Factor: Humor; language; familiar
elements
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 871
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 38
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 871–876
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 876
____ Analyze Literature: Description and Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 39–40
____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Personal Essay, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 82–96
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 41
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 300–302
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 215
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
215
7/9/09 10:47:43 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, p. 877
Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama, p. 878
Author Focus: Arthur Miller, p. 880
The Crucible, Act I / from Why I Wrote “The Crucible”: An Artist’s
Answer to Politics, p. 881
Directed Reading
The Crucible, Act 1
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Prose and drama
formats; stage directions; historical context
• Ease Factor: Dialogue is in short chunks
from “Why I Wrote ‘The Crucible’: An
Artist’s Answer to Politics”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
complex relationship between characters/
events; historical context; allusions
• Ease Factor: Realism
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 1 of
a drama about witch-hunts
• understand how the Red scare affected this
literature
• analyze and understand stage directions and
dialogue
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____
____
____
____
____
Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, SE/ATE, p. 877
Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama, SE/ATE, pp. 878–879
Author Focus: Arthur Miller, SE/ATE, p. 880
Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Conflict and Conformity and Applying
Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 6–7
Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama and Applying Literary
Forms: The Drama, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 8–10
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 881
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 42
216
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 216
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 882–907
____ Primary Source Connection: “Why I Wrote ‘The Crucible’: An Artist’s Answer to Politics,”
SE/ATE, pp. 908–912
____ Political Connection: Blacklisting in Hollywood, SE/ATE, p. 912
____ Build Background: McCarthyism, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 43
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 884, 897, 899, 900, 909
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 886, 890, 898, 900, 909
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 887, 894, 903, 905
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 888
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 888, 892, 902
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 891, 896, 907
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing
Readers, pp. 46–49
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 913
____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 44
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 45
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 303–305
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 217
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
217
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Crucible, Act 2, p. 914
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Drama format;
historical context; allusions
• Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style
from Act 1
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 2
of a drama about witch-hunts
• understand how ideas about communism
during the postwar era influenced this
literature
• analyze and understand characterization
and allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 914
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 46
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 915–931
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 916, 920, 924
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 917, 918, 926, 927
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 918, 929
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 920
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 923, 925, 927
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 928, 930
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 932
____ Analyze Literature: Conflict, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 47–48
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 49
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 303–305
218
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 218
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 219
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
219
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Crucible, Act 3 / Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange:
“Have You No Sense of Decency?” p. 933
Directed Reading
“The Crucible, Act 3”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Drama format;
historical context; irony
• Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style
from previous acts; short chunks of speech
Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch
Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information; vocabulary; formal style;
complex relationships
• Ease Factor: Dialogue
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 3 of
a drama about witch-hunts
• understand how McCarthyism influenced
this literature
• analyze and understand irony and mood
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 933
____ Build Vocabulary: Related Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 50
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 934–952
____ Informational Text Connection: Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No
Sense of Decency?” SE/ATE, pp. 953–955
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 936, 943, 944, 948, 950
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 937, 942, 946
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 938, 940, 945
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 941, 954
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 942, 949
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 943, 948, 950, 952
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 956
____ Analyze Literature: Climax, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 51
220
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 220
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 52
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 309–311
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 221
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
221
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Crucible, Act 4, p. 957
Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, p. 972
Grammar & Style Workshop: Capitalization, p. 975
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Drama format;
historical context
• Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style;
dialogue
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 4
of a drama about witch-hunts
• understand how historical context
influenced the literature
• analyze and understand theme
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 957
____ Build Vocabulary: Greek Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 53
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 958–970
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 959, 966
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 960
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 960, 964
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 962
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 962, 965, 968
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 969
____ Literary Criticism Activity: The Crucible: Literary Masterpiece or Social Statement?
Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 36
____ Summarize, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 181–190
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 971, 974
____ Analyze Literature: Tragedy and Tragic Hero, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 54–55
222
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 222
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:44 AM
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 972–973
____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 973
____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 973
____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 973
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature &
Reading, pp. 18–20
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Capitalization, SE/ATE, p. 975
____ Proper Nouns and Proper Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 219–222
____ I and First Words, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 223–225
____ Family Relationships and Titles of Persons, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 226–227
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 56
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 312–314
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 223
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
223
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Black Boy, p. 977
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
excerpt about a love of stories from an
autobiography
• analyze and understand purpose and theme
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 976
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Building with Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 57–58
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 977–978
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 978
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 978
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 979
____ Analyze Literature: Mood and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 59
____ Media Literacy: Create a Public Service Announcement, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, pp. 18–19
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 60
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 315–317
224
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 224
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 225
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
225
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Midway / U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education
of Topeka, p. 980
Directed Reading
“Midway”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; background information
• Ease Factor: Rhyme; length
U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v.
Board of Education of Topeka
• Reading Level: Moderate to challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
formal style; background information
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
poem about the struggle for civil rights
• understand how race relations in the
postwar era influenced this literature
• analyze and understand tone, rhythm,
and meter
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 980
____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 61
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 981
____ Informational Text Connection: U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education
of Topeka, SE/ATE, pp. 982–983
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 983
____ Informational Text Activity: Civil Rights Time Line, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 37
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 984
____ Analyze Literature: Rhyme and Other Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 62–63
226
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 226
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 64
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 318–319
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 227
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
227
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from Quiet Strength, p. 985
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information; some vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
clear purpose and theme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 985
____ Build Vocabulary: Words with Roots in Common, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 65
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 985–988
____ Build Background: Rosa Parks, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 66
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 987
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 987
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 988
____ Analyze Literature: Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 67
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 68
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 320–322
228
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 228
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 229
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
229
7/9/09 10:47:45 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: The Beat Movement, p. 989
from On the Road, p. 990
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Compound Words, p. 994
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism;
background information; more information
than action
• Ease Factor: Informal tone; first-person
point of view
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a novel
excerpt about a journey
• understand how the Beat movement
influenced the literature
• analyze and understand narrator and diction
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 3: The Beat Movement, SE/ATE, p. 989
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: The Beat Movement and Applying Part 3:
The Beat Movement, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 11–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 990
____ Build Vocabulary: Beat Slang and New Uses for Familiar Words, Meeting the Standards
Unit 7, p. 69
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 991–992
____ Build Background: The Beat Generation, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 70
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 991
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 992
____ Narrative Writing Assignment: Story in Motion, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, pp. 38–39
230
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 230
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 993
____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 71–72
____ Proper Nouns and Proper Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 219–222
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Compound Words, SE/ATE, p. 994
____ Compound Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 19–20
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 73
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 323–325
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 231
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
231
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Supermarket in California, p. 995
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Borrowed Words, p. 999
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information; allusions; abstract concepts
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a freeverse poem about an imagined meeting in a
suburban grocery
• understand how the Beat movement
influenced the literature
• analyze and understand free verse and
allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 995
____ Build Vocabulary: History, Meaning, and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 74
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 996–997
____ Build Background: City Lights, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 75
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 997
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 997
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 998
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 76–77
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Borrowed Words, SE/ATE, p. 999
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313
____ Borrowed Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 49–51
232
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 232
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 78
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 326–327
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 233
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
233
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Riprap / Pine Tree Tops, p. 1000
Directed Reading
“Riprap”
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Short lines
“Pine Tree Tops”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; colorful imagery
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
poems that use vivid natural imagery
• understand how the Beat movement
influenced the literature
• analyze and understand concrete language
and abstract language
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1000
____ Build Vocabulary: Rock-Related Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 79
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1001–1002
____ Build Background: Zen Buddhism, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 80
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1002
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1003–1004
____ Analyze Literature: Structure, Figurative Language, and Theme, Meeting the Standards
Unit 7, pp. 81–82
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 83
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 328–329
234
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 234
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 235
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
235
7/9/09 10:47:46 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Constantly risking absurdity, p. 1005
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Lack of
punctuation; alternative spellings and
unusual phrases
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1005
____ Build Vocabulary: Coined Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 84
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1005–1006
____ Literary Connection: City Lights Publishing and Bookstore, SE/ATE, p. 1007
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1006
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1007
____ Analyze Literature: Extended Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 85
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 86
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 330–331
236
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 236
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 237
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
237
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication
Skills, p. 1009
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• develop nonverbal communication skills
including avoidance, as a listener, of
nonverbal messages that distract or insult
the speaker
• develop nonverbal communication skills
including awareness, as the speaker, of the
impact of body language, such as hand
gestures and facial expressions, on the
audience
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills,
SE/ATE, p. 1009
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1353
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.3, Collaborative Learning and Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1354
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening,
pp. 19–20
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
238
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 238
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play, p. 1010
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write a review of a film or play that has an
introduction providing background
• write a review of a film or play that has a
thesis statement stating the reviewer’s stance
• write a review of a film or play that has a
body presenting support, with details from
the movie or play
• write a review of a film or play that
has a conclusion restating the writer’s
recommendation
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play, SE/ATE, pp. 1010–1015
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1012, 1013
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1012
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1012, 1013
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Personal Essay, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 82–96
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 239
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
239
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• evaluate point of view in a literary work
• stay on task while writing an essay
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Evaluate Point of View, SE/ATE, pp. 1016–1017
____ Writing Skills: Stay on Task, SE/ATE, p. 1018
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 1019
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 13–16
____ Writing Practice Test: Timed Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, p. 18
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
240
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 240
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 8 Early Contemporary Era Opener, p. 1020
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
early contemporary era (1960–1980)
• identify the characteristics of literature that
emerged during a period of global tension,
including the Cold War and the Vietnam
War; reflected the struggle to achieve equal
rights for all Americans; and gave voice to
the Confessional poets
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 8 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1020A–1020B
____ Unit 8 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1020C–1020F
____ Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1020G–1020L
____ Unit 8 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1020K–1020N
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1020
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 8 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 1020–1021
____ Timeline: Early Contemporary Era: 1960–1980, SE/ATE, pp. 1022–1023
____ Historical Introduction: Early Contemporary Era: 1960–1980, SE/ATE, pp. 1024–1026
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 1
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards
Unit 8, pp. 2–3
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards
Unit 8, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1025
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1148
____ Unit 8, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–247
____ Media Literacy: Technology Project 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 27–28
____ Career and Life Portfolio Review, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 29–30
____ Unit 8, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 60–67
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 241
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
241
7/9/09 10:47:47 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 15 and 16, Assessment Guide, pp. 491–492
____ Unit 8 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 459–462
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
242
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 242
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Global Tension, p. 1027
Inaugural Address, p. 1028
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Historical
context; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
inaugural speech
• understand the historical context of the
speech
• analyze and understand purpose and
repetition
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Global Tension, SE/ATE, p. 1027
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Global Tension and Applying
Part 1: Global Tension, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 4–5
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1028
____ Build Vocabulary: Abstract Nouns and Verbs, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1029–1032
____ History Connection: The Kennedy Assassination, SE/ATE, p. 1030
____ Build Background: The Kennedy Mystique, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 20
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1030
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1030
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 243
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
243
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1033
____ Analyze Literature: Style and Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 21
____ Collaborative Learning: Design a Commemorative Coin, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 20
____ Persuasive Writing: Use Rhetorical Devices in a Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 97–115
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 332–334
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
244
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 244
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
At the Bomb Testing Site / Traveling Through the Dark, p. 1034
Directed Reading
“At the Bomb Testing Site”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; ideas continuing beyond line
breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
“Traveling Through the Dark”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Subtle conflicts;
ideas continuing beyond line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
poems by Stafford
• analyze and understand mood and diction
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1034
____ Build Vocabulary: Imaginative Associations from Word Combinations, Meeting the
Standards Unit 8, p. 23
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1035–1036
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1035
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1036
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1037
____ Analyze Literature: Title, Imagery, Form, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 24–25
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 26
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 335–336
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 245
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
245
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
246
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 246
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Ambush, p. 1038
Grammar & Style Workshop: Sensory Details, p. 1045
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Flashbacks
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story in which the narrator relives a moment
of the Vietnam War
• understand the historical context of the story
• analyze and understand realism and climax
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1038
____ Build Vocabulary: Military Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 27
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1039–1042
____ History Connection: Origins of the Vietnam War, SE/ATE, p. 1040
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1041
____ Historical Context Project: Post-traumatic Stress Disorder, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 40–41
____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 191–198
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1043–1044
____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 28–29
____ Varying Sentence Beginnings, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 246–247
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Spelling: Sensory Details, SE/ATE, p. 1045
____ Adding Sensory Details, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–249
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 247
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
247
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 30
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 337–339
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
248
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 248
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:48 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Camouflaging the Chimera / Monsoon Season, p. 1046
Directed Reading
“Camouflaging the Chimera”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at
line breaks; similes; imagery
• Ease Factor: Short lines
“Monsoon Season”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; difficult vocabulary;
ideas continue beyond line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; short lines
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems
• identify common themes and styles in
Komunyakaa’s work
• analyze and understand imagery and simile
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1046
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology and Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 31
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1047–1050
____ Build Background: Monsoons, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 32
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1048
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1051–1052
____ Analyze Literature: Alliteration and Assonance, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 33
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 34
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 340–341
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 249
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
249
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
250
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 250
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Game, p. 1053
Grammar & Style Workshop: Commas, p. 1058
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; background information on
jacks; personification; action interrupted by
repetition
• Ease Factor: Informal tone
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1053
____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 35
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1053–1057
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1055
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1057
____ Analyze Literature: Style and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 36–37
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Commas, SE/ATE, p. 1058
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334
____ Commas, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 194–197
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 251
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
251
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 38
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 342–344
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
252
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 252
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Personal Challenges, p. 1059
Letter from Birmingham Jail / Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham, p. 1060
Directed Reading
“Letter from Birmingham Jail”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Formal style;
some difficult vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Familiarity of subject
“Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed
• Ease Factor: Short paragraphs and
sentences; headings; clear purpose and
theme
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a public
letter
• understand the historical context of the
letter
• analyze and understand argument and
allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Personal Challenges, SE/ATE, p. 1059
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Personal Challenges and
Applying Part 2: Personal Challenges, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 6–7
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1060
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 39
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1061–1065
____ History Connection: The King Assassination, SE/ATE, p. 1064
____ Informational Text Connection: “Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham,” SE/ATE, pp. 1066–1068
____ History Connection: Malcolm X, SE/ATE, p. 1068
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 253
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
253
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1062, 1066
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1063
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1064
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1067
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1067
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1069–1070
____ Analyze Literature: Rhetorical Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 40–41
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 42
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 345–347
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
254
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 254
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:49 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Rockpile / from On James Baldwin, p. 1071
Grammar & Style Workshop: Colons and Semicolons, p. 1083
Directed Reading
“The Rockpile”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Complex
relationships; vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Dialogue; young person’s point
of view
from On James Baldwin
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Some difficult
vocabulary; formal style; more information
than action
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about a neighborhood landmark that
adds to the stress already afflicting a family
• analyze and understand setting and
characterization
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1071
____ Build Vocabulary: Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 43
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1072–1079
____ Literature Connection: from “On James Baldwin,” SE/ATE, pp. 1080–1081
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1073
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1074
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1074
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1076, 1080
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1082
____ Analyze Literature: Conflict, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 44–45
____ Using Transitions Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 238–239
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 255
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
255
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Colons and Semicolons, SE/ATE, p. 1083
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334
____ Semicolons and Colons, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 198–204
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 46
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 348–350
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
256
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 256
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir, p. 1084
Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, p. 1086
from Report from Part One / To Black Women / The Explorer, p. 1087
Directed Reading
from Report from Part One
• Reading Level: Moderate to challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; vocabulary; formal style
• Ease Factor: Length
“To Black Women”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary;
symbolism
• Ease Factor: Length; style
“The Explorer”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts
• Ease Factor:
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
excerpt from Brooks’s recollection of her
early memoirs and two lyric poems
• identify common themes and styles in
Brooks’s work
• analyze and understand theme and
parallelism
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir, SE/ATE, pp. 1084–1085
____ Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, SE/ATE, p. 1086
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir and
Applying Literary Forms: The Memoir, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 8–10
____ Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 21–23
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1087
____ Build Vocabulary: Connotations, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 47
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1088–1091
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1089
____ Literary Form Study: The Perspective of the Memoirist, Differentiated Instruction for
Advanced Students, pp. 42–43
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 257
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
257
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1092
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 48–49
____ Sentence Fragments, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–230
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 50
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 351–353
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
258
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 258
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The Woman Warrior, p. 1093
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Some long
paragraphs
• Ease Factor: Young person’s perspective;
students may identify with main characters;
familiar topics
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the
excerpt from a memoir in which the author
remembers the day she confronted a
Chinese-American classmate
• analyze and understand motivation and
simile
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1093
____ Build Vocabulary: Cultural Dimensions of Word Meaning, Meeting the Standards
Unit 8, p. 51
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1094–1102
____ Cultural Connection: Chinatowns, SE/ATE, p. 1098
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1095
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1098
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1100
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1103–1104
____ Analyze Literature: Exposition, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 52
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 53
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 354–355
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 259
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
259
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
260
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 260
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
from The Way to Rainy Mountain, p. 1105
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Native American Words, p. 1113
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Varied narrative
order
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
excerpt about ancestors’ migration and
about a grandmother’s life
• analyze and understand narration and
description
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1105
____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes and Part of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 54–55
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1106–1102
____ Art Connection: James Auchiah, SE/ATE, p. 1108
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1107
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1107
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1108
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1109
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1109
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Use Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 50–52
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1112
____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor and Simile, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 56–57
____ Making Your Language Precise and Colorful, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style,
pp. 243–245
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 261
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
261
7/9/09 10:47:50 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Native American Words, SE/ATE, p. 1113
____ Native American Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 55–56
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 58
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 356–358
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
262
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 262
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Hunger in New York City, p. 1114
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Different
meanings of hunger
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
about the speaker’s longing for his Native
American homeland
• identify characteristics of Native American
cultural traditions
• analyze and understand metaphor and
repetition
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1114
____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 59
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1115
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1115
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1115
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1116
____ Analyze Literature: Stanza and Line, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 60–61
____ Critical Literacy: Hold a Group Discussion, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 21
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 62
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 359–360
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 263
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
263
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
264
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 264
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Writer / Boy at the Window, p. 1117
Directed Reading
“The Writer”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; ideas continuing beyond line
breaks; personification
• Ease Factor: Length
“Boy at the Window”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Personification;
ideas continuing beyond line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems by Wilbur
• analyze and understand extended metaphor
and personification
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1117
____ Build Vocabulary: Homophones, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 63
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1118–1120
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1118
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1119
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1120
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1121
____ Analyze Literature: Rhythm and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 64–65
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 66
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 361–362
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 265
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
265
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
266
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 266
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Handsomest Drowned Man in the World, p. 1122
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic
events; subject matter; long sentences
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1122
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 67
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1122–1127
____ Literary Connection: The Latin American Boom, SE/ATE, p. 1125
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1124
____ Latin America Literature Project: Magical Realism, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, pp. 44–45
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1127
____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Description, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 68–69
____ Achieving Parallelism, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 240–242
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 70
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 363–366
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 267
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
267
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
268
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 268
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:51 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Son, p. 1128
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Challenging
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; abrupt shifts in setting and time;
complex relationships between characters
and events; confusing vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Some dialogue
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1128
____ Build Vocabulary: Adjectives for Character and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 71
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1128–1132
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1129
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1131
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1132
____ Analyze Literature: Point of View and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 72–73
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 74
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 367–368
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 269
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
269
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
270
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 270
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 3: Confessional Poets, p. 1133
The Starry Night, p. 1134
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Celestial Words, p. 1138
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Figurative
language; references to mythical elements
• Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
in which the speaker expresses the wish to
die on such a night
• understand the poem as an example of
Confessional poetry
• analyze and understand epigraph and myth
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 3: Confessional Poets, SE/ATE, p. 1133
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Confessional Poets and
Applying Part 3: Confessional Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 11–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1134
____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes post-, dys-, em- (en-), Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 75
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1135–1136
____ Art Connection: Vincent van Gogh, SE/ATE, p. 1136
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1135
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1136
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1137
____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 76–77
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 271
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
271
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Celestial Words, SE/ATE, p. 1138
____ Celestial Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 72–73
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 78
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 369–370
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
272
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 272
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Morning Song / Mirror, p. 1139
Directed Reading
“Morning Song”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional
pairing of nouns and modifiers; shift in tone
• Ease Factor: Length
“Mirror”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Ambiguous
speaker; figurative language
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems by Plath
• identify Plath’s common themes
• analyze and understand speaker and
enjambment
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1139
____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 79
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1140–1141
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1140
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1141
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 53–55
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1142–1143
____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 80–81
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 273
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
273
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 82
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 371–372
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
274
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 274
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:52 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Commander Lowell, p. 1144
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Footnotes
• Ease Factor: Length
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary words
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1144
____ Build Vocabulary: Compound Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 83
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1144–1147
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1145
____ Independent Reading Study: Journal on Father-Child Relationships, Differentiated Instruction
for Advanced Students, p. 46
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1147
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 84–85
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 86
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 373–374
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 275
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
275
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
276
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 276
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech
or Speaker, p. 1149
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• locate a well-known address by a prominent
speaker
• evaluate the speech as a reflection of its time,
for its use of rhetorical devices, and for its
likely listener response
• evaluate the speaker’s delivery, if an
audiotape or videotape is available
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking and Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker,
SE/ATE, pp. 1149
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE,
pp. 1354–1355
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening,
pp. 21–23
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 277
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
277
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Write a Descriptive Poem, p. 1150
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write a descriptive poem that has an opening
stanza presenting an object and suggesting
one or more feelings about the object
• write a descriptive poem that has middle
stanzas using rhythm and imagery to
enhance meaning
• write a descriptive poem that has a closing
stanza providing a satisfying finish
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Write a Descriptive Poem, SE/ATE, pp. 1150–1151
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1151
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Persuasive Writing: Use Rhetorical Devices in a Speech, Exceeding the Standards:
Writing, pp. 97–115
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
278
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 278
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 1152
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• analyze literary elements
• provide an appropriate conclusion to a
paragraph, essay, or other written work
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Analyze Literary Elements, SE/ATE, pp. 1152–1153
____ Writing Skills: Write a Good Conclusion, SE/ATE, p. 1154
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1155
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 13–16
____ SAT Practice Test: Critical Reading and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice,
pp. 19–22
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 279
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8
279
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Unit 9 Contemporary Era Opener, p. 1156
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• understand the impact of historical, social,
and political elements on the literature of the
Contemporary Era, 1980 to present
• identify the characteristics of literature about
heritage and from the Contemporary Era
Plan the Unit
Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit:
____ Unit 9 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1156A–1156B
____ Unit 9 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1156C–1156F
____ Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1156G–1156L
____ Unit 9 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1156M–1156O
____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1156
Teach the Unit Opener
Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener:
____ Unit 9 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 1156–1157
____ Timeline: Contemporary Era: 1980 to Present, SE/ATE, pp. 1158–1159
____ Historical Introduction: Contemporary Era: 1980 to Present, SE/ATE, pp. 1160–1162
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 1
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 2–4
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 17
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1161
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1161
Extend the Unit
Choose from the following resources to extend the unit:
____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1296
____ Unit 9, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–260
____ Media Literacy: Technology Project 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 31–32
____ Career and Life Portfolio Update, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 33–34
____ Unit 9, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 68–81
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28
____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 17 and 18, Assessment Guide, pp. 493–494
____ Unit 9 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 463–468
280
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 280
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:53 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 281
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
281
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 1: Heritage, p. 1163
Author Focus: Alice Walker, p. 1164
Though We May Feel Alone / Dream / My Mother’s Blue Bowl, p. 1165
Grammar & Style Workshop: Quotations, p. 1176
Directed Reading
“Though We May Feel Alone”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; punctuation/capitalization; ideas
don’t end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; short lines
“Dream”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; punctuation/capitalization; ideas
don’t end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; short lines
“My Mother’s Blue Bowl”
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Some long,
complex sentences
• Ease Factor: Length; students may relate
to feelings about mothers and special
possessions
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
lyric poems and an essay about memories
and possessions
• understand the effect of the writer’s heritage
on this literature
• analyze and understand free verse and style
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 1: Heritage, SE/ATE, p. 1163
____ Author Focus: Alice Walker, SE/ATE, p. 1164
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Heritage and Applying Part 1:
Heritage, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 5–7
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1165
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 19
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1166–1173
282
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 282
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1167, 1171, 1172
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1167, 1169, 1173
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1167
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1171
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1173
____ Comparing Literature Project: Poems of Ancestry, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 47
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1174–1175
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 20
____ Analyze Literature: Character in a Personal Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 21
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Quotations, SE/ATE, p. 1176
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334
____ Quotation Marks, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 210–214
____ Using Quotations Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 257–258
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 22
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 375–377
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 283
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
283
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Names of Women, p. 1177
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Cultural
context; many footnotes; vocabulary; more
description than action
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
essay about combining heritage with a
modern lifestyle
• understand how the author’s heritage affects
this literature
• analyze and understand purpose and catalog
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1177
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 23
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1178–1182
____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 24
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1179, 1182
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1179, 1181
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1180
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1180
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1181, 1182
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1183
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 25
____ Adding Sensory Details, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–249
____ Descriptive or Expository Writing: Use Cataloging, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 116–128
284
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 284
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 26
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 378–380
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 285
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
285
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Daughter of Invention, p. 1184
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Spanish terms;
political context
• Ease Factor: Vivid images
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short
story about an immigrant family’s conflict
over assimilation
• understand how the writer’s heritage
influences the literature
• analyze and understand conflict and cliché
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1184
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 27
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1185–1194
____ History Connection: President Trujillo of the Dominican Republic, SE/ATE, p. 1188
____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 28–29
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1186, 1190, 1194
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1188
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1189
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1189, 1191
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 56–58
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1195
____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 30
286
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 286
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 31
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 381–383
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 287
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
287
7/9/09 10:47:54 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
What Is Supposed to Happen, p. 1196
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at
line breaks
• Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character;
prose-like syntax
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
about the speaker’s awareness of her young
child’s expanding world
• analyze and understand speaker and
metaphor
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1196
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1197
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1197
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1197
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1198
____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 32
____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 33
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 34
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 384–385
288
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 288
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 289
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
289
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
The Latin Deli: An Ars Poetica, p. 1199
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and
names; meaning of title; ideas do not end at
line ends; many footnotes
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
about immigrants seeking memories of their
homeland in a bodega
• understand how the poet’s heritage
influences this literature
• analyze and understand tone and theme
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1199
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 35
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1200–1201
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1200
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1201
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1201
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1202
____ Analyze Literature: Figures of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 36
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 37
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 386–387
290
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 290
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 291
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
291
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Wingfoot Lake, p. 1203
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Historical context
• Ease Factor: Length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
about the response of a fearful black woman
to the Civil Rights movement
• understand how the poet’s heritage and
experiences influence the selection
• analyze and understand characterization and
allusion
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1203
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1204–1205
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1204, 1205
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1204
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1206
____ Analyze Literature: Symbolism, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 38
____ Analyze Literature: Rita Dove’s Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 39
____ Collaborative Learning: Prepare a Time Line, Exceeding the Standards: Extension
Activities, p. 22
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 40
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 388–389
292
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 292
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 293
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
293
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Mother Tongue, p. 1207
Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, p. 1216
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Many footnotes;
dialect; more information than action; some
difficult vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Some students may identify
with the narrator
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
essay about “broken English” and the
nuances of language
• understand how the writer’s heritage
influences this piece of literature
• analyze and understand thesis and voice
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1207
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 41
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1208–1214
____ Cultural Connection: The Chinese Language, SE/ATE, p. 1210
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1209, 1210, 1214
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1209, 1213
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1210, 1213
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1211
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1211
____ Literary Criticism Activity: Sociological Criticism, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 48
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1215
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 42
____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 43
294
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 294
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:55 AM
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 1216–1217
____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1217
____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1217
____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 1217
____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature
& Reading, pp. 24–26
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 44
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 390–392
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 295
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
295
7/9/09 10:47:56 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Straw Into Gold: The Metamorphosis of the Everyday, p. 1218
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Homophones, p. 1226
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Spanish terms;
geographical references; style
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an
essay about the author’s growth as a writer
• understand the influence of the writer’s
heritage on this piece of literature
• analyze and understand essay and metaphor
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1218
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 45
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1219–1223
____ Cultural Connection: César Chávez, SE/ATE, p. 1222
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1221, 1223
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1221
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1222
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1222
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1223
____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for
Developing Readers, pp. 59–62
____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 199–210
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1224–1225
____ Analyze Literature: Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 46
____ Analyze Literature: Thesis, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 47
296
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 296
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:56 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Homophones, SE/ATE, p. 1226
____ Homophones, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 31–32
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 48
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 393–395
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 297
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
297
7/9/09 10:47:56 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Thinking Back, p. 1227
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; importance of title; ideas do not
end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Short lines; length
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills.
• analyze literary elements.
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary.
• address critical thinking questions.
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1227
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Part para-, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 49
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1227–1228
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1228
____ Analyze Literature: Poetry Critique, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 50
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 51
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 396–397
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
298
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 298
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:56 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Story, p. 1229
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Confusing
time shift
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1229
____ Build Vocabulary: Word Parts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 52
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1229
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1230
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 53
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 54
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 398–399
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 299
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
299
7/9/09 10:47:56 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
What For, p. 1231
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; Hawaiian names and terms; ideas
do not end at line breaks
• Ease Factor: Length; students may relate to
father-son relationship
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1231
____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 55
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1231–1233
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1232
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1232
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1233
____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 56
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 57
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 400–401
300
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 300
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 301
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
301
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Defining the Grateful Gesture, p. 1234
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Some vocabulary;
Mexican names and terms
• Ease Factor: Simile; young person’s point of
view
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1234
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 58
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1234–1236
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1235
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1236
____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 59
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 60
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 402–403
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1174
____ Media Literacy: Create a Poster, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 22
302
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 302
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 66
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 342–344
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 303
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
303
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Part 2: Contemporary America, p. 1237
Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, p. 1238
from Great Plains / Seeing, from Dakota: A Spiritual Geography /
So This Is Nebraska, p. 1240
Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Common Spelling Errors, p. 1253
Directed Reading
From Great Plains
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: More
information and description than action;
long paragraphs; formal style; vocabulary;
background information needed
• Ease Factor: Some repetition
“Seeing” from Dakota: A Spiritual
Geography
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar plant
and animal names
• Ease Factor: Length
“So This Is Nebraska”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary; length; colorful
imagery
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
descriptive excerpts about the Great Plains
• understand how this literature reflects
aspects of contemporary America
• analyze and understand description
and tone
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s):
____ Part 2: Contemporary America, SE/ATE, p. 1237
____ Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, SE/ATE, pp. 1238–1239
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Contemporary America and Applying
Part 2: Contemporary America, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 8–9
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction and
Applying Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 10–12
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1240
____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 61
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1241–1248
____ Literature Connection: “So This Is Nebraska,” SE/ATE, pp. 1249–1250
304
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 304
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1242, 1247
____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1242, 1245, 1247
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1243, 1248
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1243
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1244, 1245, 1249
____ Literary Forms Project: Literary Nonfiction, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students,
pp. 49–50
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1251–1252
____ Analyze Literature: Style and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 62
____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 63
____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 64
____ The Paragraph, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 252–254
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Common Spelling Errors, SE/ATE, p. 1253
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.5, Spelling, SE/ATE, pp. 1314–1317
____ Spelling Review, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 41–42
____ Contractions, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 43–44
____ Common Spelling Errors, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 45–46
____ Time Out for Test Practice: Spelling Patterns, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling,
pp. 47–48
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 65
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 404–406
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 305
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
305
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Throughput, from Fast Food Nation, p. 1254
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: More
information than action
• Ease Factor: Interesting opening; familiar
topic; students may indentify with topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
nonfiction excerpt about working conditions
and hiring practices at fast-food chains
• understand how this literature is
representative of life in contemporary
America
• analyze and understand persuasion and point
of view
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1254
____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 66
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1255–1259
____ Cultural Connection: Beef Production, SE/ATE, p. 1257
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1256, 1259
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1256, 1257, 1259
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1257
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1258
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1258
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1260
____ Analyze Literature: Literary Techniques, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 67–68
____ Critical Literacy: Write an Editorial, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 23–24
306
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 306
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:57 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 69
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 407–409
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 307
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
307
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
On the Mall, p. 1261
Grammar & Style Workshop: Summarizing and Paraphrasing, p. 1269
Grammar & Style Workshop: Documenting Sources, p. 1270
Directed Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary
• Ease Factor: Length; topic
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a
satiric essay about the post World War II
emergence of shopping centers
• understand the influence of contemporary
America on this literature
• analyze and understand purpose and irony
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1261
____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 70–71
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1262–1267
____ Cultural Connection: Evolution of the Mall, SE/ATE, p. 1265
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1263, 1265, 1266
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1263, 1265
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1264
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1264
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1266
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1268
____ Analyze Literature: Concrete and Abstract Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 72
____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 73
308
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 308
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
Teach the Workshop(s)
Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s):
____ Grammar & Style: Summarizing and Paraphrasing, SE/ATE, p. 1269
____ Grammar & Style: Documenting Sources, SE/ATE, p. 1270
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 5.6, Documenting Sources, SE/ATE, pp. 1344–1346
____ Summarizing and Paraphrasing, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 255–256
____ Documenting Sources, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 259–260
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 74
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 410–412
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 309
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
309
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Man Listening to Disc / The Blues, p. 1271
Directed Reading
“Man Listening to Disc”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Important title;
musician’s names / musical terms
• Ease Factor: Conversational tone; informal
language
“The Blues”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Important title
• Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two
poems about the impact of music
• understand the influence of contemporary
America on this literature
• analyze and understand diction and rhythm
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1271
____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 75
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1272–1276
____ Music Connection: History of the Blues, SE/ATE, p. 1276
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1273
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1273, 1276
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1274
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1274
____ Music Connection Activity: The Essence of Jazz, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced
Students, p. 51
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1277
____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 76
____ Analyze Literature: Analyze a Poem, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 77
310
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 310
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 78
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 413–415
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 311
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
311
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Author Focus: Donald Hall, p. 1278
Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park, 1 May 1982 / Letter in
Autumn / Let Evening Come, p. 1279
Directed Reading
“Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park,
1 May 1982”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Background
information needed; setting and title are
important
• Ease Factor: Similes; short lines
“Letter in Autumn”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at
line breaks
• Ease Factor: Similes; short lines
“Let Evening Come”
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Poetic line breaks
• Ease Factor: Subject matter
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem
about fans’ support for fading baseball stars
and a conversational elegy to the poet’s
late wife
• understand the influence of contemporary
America on the literature
• analyze and understand symbol and mood
• develop writing and other language arts
skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope &
Sequence Planning Guide
Before Reading
Teach the Feature(s)
Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s):
____ Author Focus: Donald Hall, SE/ATE, p. 1278
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1279
____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 79
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1280–1285
____ Literary Connection: The U.S. Poet Laureate, SE/ATE, p. 1285
____ Literature Connection: “Let Evening Come,” SE/ATE, pp. 1286–1287
312
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 312
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1280, 1282
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1280
____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1282
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1283, 1286
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1284
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1288–1289
____ Extend the Learning: Baseball Poems, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 80
____ Analyze Literature: Elegy, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 81
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 82–83
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 84
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 416–418
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 313
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
313
7/9/09 10:47:58 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Learning to Love America, p. 1290
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Easy
• Difficulty Consideration: Abstract
concepts; title important to meaning
• Ease Factor: Vocabulary
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1290
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1290
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 211–217
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1291
____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 85
____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 86–87
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 88
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 419–420
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
314
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 314
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
A Quilt of a Country, p. 1292
Independent Reading
• Reading Level: Moderate
• Difficulty Consideration: Formal style;
vocabulary; complex relationships between
characters and events
• Ease Factor: Some familiar topics
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Studying this lesson will enable students to
• apply reading strategies and skills
• analyze literary elements
• use context clues to understand unfamiliar
vocabulary
• address critical thinking questions
• use writing options to assess understanding
of the text
Before Reading
Preview and Motivate
Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students:
____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1292
____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 89
During Reading
Teach the Selection(s)
Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s):
____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1292–1295
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1293, 1294
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1293
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1294
After Reading
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1295
____ Analyze Literature: Thesis, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 90–91
____ Extend the Text: Research Anna Quindlen’s Work, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 92–93
Assess
Administer the following assessment tool(s):
____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 94
____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 421–422
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 315
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
315
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
316
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 316
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument, p. 1297
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 2 days
• Block Schedule: 1 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• present an argument that concerns a school
or community issue
• present an argument that is based on
evidence they have researched and organized
• present an argument that is accompanied by
helpful notes and visual aids
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument, SE/ATE, p. 1297
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication,
SE/ATE, p. 1353
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE,
pp. 1354–1355
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation,
SE/ATE, p. 1359
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Present an Argument, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 24–26
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 317
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
317
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper, p. 1298
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 3 days
• Block Schedule: 1.5 days
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• write a research paper that has an
introduction that generates interest and
provides context
• write a research paper that has a clear thesis
statement
• write a research paper that has a body
presenting support with details gathered
from research
• write a research paper that has a conclusion
that restates the thesis and makes a
recommendation or call to action
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper, SE/ATE, pp. 1298–1305
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340
Differentiate Instruction
Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction:
____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1300, 1301
____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1300, 1301
____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1300
____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1302
____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1302
____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1302
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Descriptive or Expository Writing: Use Cataloging, Exceeding the Standards: Writing,
pp. 116–128
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
318
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 318
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
Program Planning Guide
© EMC Publishing, LLC
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM
L E S S O N
P L A N
Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________
M T W Th F
Test Practice Workshop, p. 1306
Pacing
• Regular Schedule: 1 day
• Block Schedule: 0.5 day
Objectives
Participating in this lesson will help enable
students to
• evaluate an argument in a reading passage
• prewrite, write, and revise a persuasive essay
in response to a writing prompt
• read and revise a passage for errors
in organization, grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization
Teach the Workshop
Select from the following resources to teach the workshop:
____ Reading Skills: Evaluate an Argument, SE/ATE, pp. 1306–1307
____ Writing Skills: Prepare for the Test, SE/ATE, p. 1308
____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 1309
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests,
SE/ATE, p. 1360
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1361
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions,
SE/ATE, p. 1362
____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363
____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2
Review and Extend
Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson:
____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 13–15
____ Comprehensive Practice Test: Reading, Revising and Editing, and Writing, Exceeding the
Standards: Test Practice, pp. 23–26
Technology Tools
Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements:
EMC Launchpad
ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay
Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD
Grader (Grades 9–12)
Interactive Student Text on CD
EMC Audio Library
ExamView Assessment Suite on CD
EMC E-Library
Visual Teaching Package
mirrorsandwindows.com
®
© EMC Publishing, LLC
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 319
Program Planning Guide
AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9
319
7/9/09 10:47:59 AM